10-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS

PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 000-49806

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Maryland	04-3639825
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
18500 Von Karman Ave, Suite 1100, Irvine, California	92612
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (949) 236-5211

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

(Title of class)

Nasdaq Global Market

(Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YES  ¨.    NO  x.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    YES  ¨.    NO  x.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES  x.    NO  ¨.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this Chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    YES  x    NO  ¨.

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

Large accelerated filer  ¨    Accelerated filer  x    Non-accelerated filer  ¨    Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    ¨  YES.    x  NO.

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price of such stock on the Nasdaq Global Market as of June 30, 2011, was $142.4 million. (The exclusion from such amount of the market value of the shares owned by any person shall not be deemed an admission by the registrant that such person is an affiliate of the registrant.) As of March 15, 2012, there were issued and outstanding 11,660,444 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

PART III of Form 10-K—Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held during May 2012.

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

FORM 10-K

December 31, 2011

INDEX

		Page
	PART I
Item 1	Business		1
Item 1A	Risk Factors		28
Item 1B	Unresolved Staff Comments		40
Item 2	Properties		41
Item 3	Legal Proceedings		42
Item 4	Mine Safety Disclosures		42
	PART II
Item 5	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		43
Item 6	Selected Financial Data		45
Item 7	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		47
Item 7A	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk		61
Item 8	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		63
Item 9	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		117
Item 9A	Controls and Procedures		117
Item 9B	Other Information		117
	PART III
Item 10	Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		118
Item 11	Executive Compensation		118
Item 12	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		119
Item 13	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence		119
Item 14	Principal Accountant Fees and Services		119
	PART IV
Item 15	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		120
	Signatures		123

PART I

Item 1. Business

General

First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. (“the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our”) is a unitary savings and loan holding company. The Company was incorporated under Maryland law in March 2002 to hold all of the stock of Pacific Trust Bank (“the Bank”) upon completion in August 2002 of the Bank’s conversion from the mutual to the stock form of ownership and the concurrent initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. As a savings and loan holding company, First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., must limit its activities to banking, securities, insurance and financial services-related activities. First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. is not an operating company and it’s assets primarily consist of the outstanding stock of the Bank, cash and fixed income investments. From time to time, the Company has purchase impaired loans, investments and other real estate owned “OREO” from the Bank to assure the Bank’s safety and soundness. First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. has no significant liabilities other than Board of Director and employee compensation as well as expenses related to strategic initiatives. The management of the Company and the Bank is substantially the same. However, the Company and the Bank each have their own Board of Directors with three of the members serving on both Boards. The Company utilizes the support staff and offices of the Bank and pays the Bank for these services. If the Company expands or changes its business in the future, the Company may hire additional employees of its own. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Company include the Bank and the Company on a consolidated basis.

The Bank is a community-oriented financial institution offering a variety of financial services to meet the banking and financial needs of the communities we serve. The Bank is headquartered in Orange County, California, and as of December 31, 2011 operated eighteen banking offices primarily serving San Diego, Orange, Los Angeles and Riverside Counties in California.

The principal business of the Bank consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing these funds primarily in loans secured by first mortgages on owner-occupied, one-to four- family residences, a variety of consumer loans, multi-family and commercial real estate and commercial business loans. The Company also invests in securities and other assets.

The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts for both individuals and businesses with varying rates and terms, which generally include savings accounts, money market deposits, certificate accounts and checking accounts. The Bank solicits deposits in its market area and, to a lesser extent, from institutional depositors nationwide, and in the past has accepted brokered deposits.

As a thrift holding company, the Company is subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). As a federal savings bank, the Bank is subject to regulation primarily by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”). See “—How We Are Regulated.”

The principal executive offices of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. are located at 18500 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1100, California, and its telephone number is (949) 236-5211. The Company’s voting common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol BANC.

The Company’s reports, proxy statements and other information the Company files with the SEC, as well as news releases, are available free of charge through the Company’s Internet site at http://www.firstpactrustbancorp.com. This information can be found on the First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. “News” or “SEC Filings” pages of our Internet site. The annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed and furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act are available as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been filed or furnished to the SEC. Reference to the Company’s Internet address is not intended to incorporate any of the information contained on our Internet site into this document.

1

During much of 2009, 2010 and 2011, market and economic conditions in our industry and in California have declined resulting in increased delinquencies and foreclosures. A number of federal legislative and regulatory initiatives have been enacted to address these conditions. See “Asset Quality” and “How we are Regulated” in Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Item 1A and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7.

Pending Acquisitions

On June 3, 2011, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire for cash all of the outstanding stock of Gateway Bancorp, the privately held holding company for Gateway Business Bank, Cerritos, California. At December 31, 2011, Gateway Business Bank had total assets of $202 million, total gross loans of $144 million and total deposits of $173 million. The acquisition includes Mission Hills Mortgage Bankers, the mortgage banking operating division of Gateway Business Bank. Mission Hills has originated over $4.0 billion of mostly prime mortgage loans since 2006, a majority of which have been sold servicing-released through correspondent relationships with money center banks. Gateway Business Bank has two banking offices, one in Los Angeles County and the other in Orange County, California. In addition, Mission Hills has 22 loan production offices, located throughout California, northern Arizona and Oregon. In the transaction, Gateway Bancorp shareholders will receive aggregate consideration of up to $17.0 million, up to $14.5 million of which will be payable at closing, with the remaining $2.5 million to be held in escrow for up to three years after closing to cover the risk that the Company may be required to repurchase mortgage loans sold by Gateway Business Bank. The transaction, which has already been approved by Gateway’s shareholders, is expected to close in 2012, subject to regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.

On August 30, 2011, the Company entered into a definitive merger agreement with Beach Business Bank Manhattan Beach, California, providing for the merger of Beach Business Bank with and into a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. At December 31, 2011, Beach Business Bank total assets of $305 million, total gross loans of $261 million and total deposits of $251 million. Beach Business Bank is headquartered in Manhattan Beach, California, with branches in Manhattan Beach, Long Beach, and Costa Mesa, California and a loan production office in Torrance, California. In the merger, each share of Beach Business Bank common stock will be converted into the right to receive 0.33 of a share of Company common stock, with cash paid in lieu of fractional shares, and $4.61 in cash, subject to certain adjustments. If the value of a share of Company common stock at the closing of the transaction (measured as set forth in the merger agreement) is less than $13.50 or the Company determines that there is a reasonable possibility that the merger will not be treated as a reorganization for tax purposes, (1) the merger will be restructured as a merger of a Company subsidiary with and into Beach Business Bank, and (2) each outstanding share of Beach Business Bank common stock will instead be converted into the right to receive $9.12 in cash and a one-year warrant to purchase 0.33 shares of Company common stock at an exercise price of $14.00 per whole share of Company common stock. The transaction, which has already been approved by the shareholders of Beach Business Bank, is expected to close in 2012, subject to regulatory approvals and other closing conditions.

Forward-Looking Statements

This Form 10-K contains various forward-looking statements that are based on assumptions and describe our future plans and strategies and our expectations. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by words such as “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” or similar words. Our ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is uncertain. Factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated include, but are not limited to, (i) the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of the stock purchase agreement for the Company’s pending acquisition of Gateway Bancorp or the merger agreement for the Company’s pending acquisition of Beach Business Bank; (ii) the inability to complete the Gateway Bancorp or Beach Business Bank transaction due to the failure to satisfy each transaction’s respective conditions to completion, including the receipt of regulatory approvals; (iii) risks that the Gateway Bancorp or Beach Business Bank transaction disrupts

2

current plans and operations, the potential difficulties in customer and employee retention as a result of the pending transactions and the amount of the costs, fees, expenses and charges related to the proposed transactions; (iv) continuation or worsening of current recessionary conditions, as well as continued turmoil in the financial markets; (v) the credit risks of lending activities, which may be affected by further deterioration in the real estate markets, may lead to increased loan delinquencies, losses and nonperforming assets in our loan portfolio, and may result in our allowance for loan losses not being adequate to cover actual losses and require us to materially increase our loan loss reserves; (vi) the quality and composition of our securities portfolio; (vii) changes in general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas; (viii) changes in the levels of general interest rates, and the relative differences between short- and long-term interest rates, deposit interest rates, our net interest margin and funding sources; (ix) fluctuations in the demand for loans, the number of unsold homes and other properties and fluctuations in commercial and residential real estate values in our market area; (x) results of examinations of us by regulatory authorities, including the Bank’s compliance with the memorandum of understanding it entered into with its regulator, and the possibility that any such regulatory authority may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, write-down asset values, increase our capital levels, or affect our ability to borrow funds or maintain or increase deposits, which could adversely affect our liquidity and earnings; (xi) legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect our business, including changes in the interpretation of regulatory capital or other rules; (xii) our ability to control operating costs and expenses; (xiii) staffing fluctuations in response to product demand or the implementation of corporate strategies that affect our work force and potential associated charges; (xiv) errors in our estimates in determining fair value of certain of our assets, which may result in significant declines in valuation; (xv) the network and computer systems on which we depend could fail or experience a security breach; (xvi) our ability to attract and retain key members of our senior management team; (xvii) costs and effects of litigation, including settlements and judgments; (xviii) increased competitive pressures among financial services companies; (xix) changes in consumer spending, borrowing and saving habits; (xx) adverse changes in the securities markets; (xxi) earthquake, fire or other natural disasters affecting the condition of real estate collateral; (xxii) the availability of resources to address changes in laws, rules or regulations or to respond to regulatory actions; (xxiii) inability of key third-party providers to perform their obligations to us; (xxiv) changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the financial institution regulatory agencies or the Financial Accounting Standards Board or their application to our business or final audit adjustments, including additional guidance and interpretation on accounting issues and details of the implementation of new accounting methods; (xxv) war or terrorist activities; and (xxvi) other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services and the other risks described elsewhere in this report.

We do not undertake, and specifically disclaim, any obligation to publicly revise any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

Lending Activities

General. The Company’s mortgage loans carry either a fixed or an adjustable rate of interest. Mortgage loans are long-term and amortize on a monthly basis with principal and/or interest due each month or with interest only payments due each month for certain loans. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s net loan portfolio totaled $775.6 million, which constituted 77.64% of our total assets. The breakdown of loans in the portfolio was: 70.62% 1-4 residential (the “SFR Mortgage Portfolio”), 15.75% commercial real estate mortgage, 11.09% multi-family mortgage, 1.15% commercial and industrial, 1.09% other revolving credit and installment and 0.30% land.

The $556.0 million SFR mortgage portfolio was comprised of $546.8 million of first deed of trust loans and $9.2 million of loans secured by subordinated or junior liens. The Company’s SFR mortgage portfolio is comprised of a combination of traditional, fully-amortizing loans and non-traditional loans. The Company’s non-traditional loan portfolio includes our Green Account loans, interest only loans and mortgage loans with potential for negative amortization. At December 31, 2011, the balance of the Company’s Green Account loans totaled $247.5 million. Green Account loans are a first mortgage line of credit with an associated “clearing

3

account” that allows all types of deposits and withdrawals to be performed, including direct deposit, check debit card, ATM, ACH debits and credits, and internet banking and bill payment transactions. Also, at December 31, 2011, the Company had a total of $382.0 million in interest-only mortgage loans and $23.4 million in mortgage loans with potential for negative amortization.

As of December 31, 2011, the Executive Vice President of Lending may approve loans to one borrower or group of related borrowers up to $2.5 million. The Chief Credit Officer may approve loans to one borrower or group of related borrowers up to $3.5 million. The President/CEO may approve loans to one borrower or group of related borrowers up to $2.5 million. The Management Loan Committee may approve loans to one borrower or group of related borrowers up to $10.0 million, with no single loan exceeding $5.0 million. The Board Loan Committee must approve loans over these amounts or outside our general loan policy.

At December 31, 2011, the maximum amount which the Company could have loaned to any one borrower and the borrower’s related entities was approximately $20.5 million. As of December 31, 2011, the largest lending relationship to a single borrower or a group of related borrowers was a combination of commercial real estate, multi-family and single family loans with an aggregate loan exposure amount of $11.7 million. The properties securing these loans are located in Anaheim and San Diego, California. All of these loans were performing in accordance with their terms as of December 31, 2011.

The following table presents information concerning the composition of the Company’s loan portfolio in dollar amounts and in percentages as of the dates indicated.

	December 31,
	2011						2010						2009						2008						2007
	Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent
	(Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial
Commercial and industrial	$	9,019			1.15	%	$	6,744			0.98	%	$	6,782			0.89	%	$	7,348			0.91	%	$	1,376			0.19	%
Real Estate Mortgage		124,013			15.75			46,568			6.74			47,982			6.32			35,283			4.36			35,500			4.97
Real Estate Construction		—			—			—			—			—			—			17,835			2.20			18,866			2.64
Multi-Family		87,290			11.09			33,040			4.78			34,235			4.51			34,831			4.31			37,339			5.23
Land		2,375			0.30			14,828			2.15			16,020			2.11			21,733			2.69			21,705			3.04
Consumer
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage*		546,760			69.45			568,854			82.31			633,118			83.40			670,401			82.89			578,478			81.01
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage*		9,219			1.17			9,923			1.44			9,613			1.27			9,005			1.11			6,548			0.92
Other revolving credit and installment		8,604			1.09			11,031			1.60			11,370			1.50			12,314			1.53			14,315			2.00
Total loans		787,280			100.00	%		690,988			100.00	%		759,120			100.00	%		808,750			100.00	%		714,127			100.00	%
Net deferred loan origination costs		1,109						1,824						2,262						2,581						2,208
Allowance for loan losses		(12,780	)					(14,637	)					(13,079	)					(18,286	)					(6,240	)
Total loans receivable, net	$	775,609					$	678,175					$	748,303					$	793,045					$	710,095

* Under regulatory agency guidance, the Bank was required to classify Green Account loans as HELOCs on its quarterly Thrift Financial Report (“TFR”) due to the revolver feature of this product. This increases the Bank’s HELOC exposure from $7.0 million to $254.5 million. Starting on March 31, 2012, the Bank will file Call Reports instead of TFRs, which should allow the Bank to better reflect the terms and characteristics of Green Account mortgage loans in classifying these loans in its regulatory reports. Of the Green mortgages, 90.21% are first trust deed mortgages. Historically, these loans have outperformed the Bank’s traditional one-to four- unit first deed of trust mortgage portfolio. As of December 31, 2011, $1.4 million of the Company’s Green Accounts were nonperforming.

At December 31, 2011, Green Account loans totaled $247.5 million and included, $223.3 million secured by one-to four–family properties, $8.7 million secured by one-to-four-family junior liens, $11.9 million secured

4

by commercial real estate mortgage and $3.7 million secured by multi-family properties. At December 31, 2010, Green Account loans totaled $245.5 million and included , $214.5 million secured by one-to four–family properties, $13.7 million secured by commercial properties, $9.3 million secured by second trust deed lines of credit, $3.8 million secured by multi-family properties and $4.2 million secured by land. At December 31, 2009, Green Account loans totaled $237.2 million and included $208.9 million secured by one-to four–family properties, $14.3 million secured by commercial properties, $8.7 million secured by second trust deed lines of credit, $2.8 million secured by multi-family properties and $2.5 million secured by land. At December 31, 2008, Green Account loans totaled $219.1 million and included $192.5 million secured by one-to four-family loans, $14.9 million secured by commercial properties, $8.3 million secured by second trust deed line of credit, $2.5 million secured by multi-family properties, and $798 thousand secured by land. At December 31, 2007, Green Account loans totaled $163.9 million and included $149.3 million secured by one-to four- family properties, $6.2 million secured by commercial properties, $5.7 million secured by second trust deed lines of credit, $2.3 million secured by multi-family properties and $429 thousand secured by land.

The following table shows the composition of the Company’s loan portfolio by fixed- and adjustable-rate at the dates indicated.

	December 31,
	2011						2010						2009						2008						2007
	Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent
	(Dollars in Thousands)
FIXED-RATE LOANS
Commercial:
Commercial & industrial	$	6			0.00	%	$	500			0.08	%	$	511			0.07	%	$	525			0.06	%	$	500			0.07	%
Real Estate Mortgage		57,799			7.34			24,463			3.54			25,048			3.30			25,592			3.16			25,425			3.56
Multi-family		4,760			0.60			22,532			3.26			21,992			2.90			22,693			2.81			23,035			3.23
Land		1,781			0.23			11,550			1.67			13,762			1.81			21,630			2.67			21,601			3.02
Consumer:
Real Estate 1-4 family first mortgage		7,643			0.97			4,542			0.65			5,635			0.74			7,980			0.99			10,226			1.43
Real Estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		337			0.04			478			0.07			761			0.10			558			0.07			643			0.09
Other revolving credit and installment		41			0.00			143			0.02			249			0.03			366			0.05			868			0.12
Total fixed-rate loans		72,367			9.18			64,208			9.29			67,958			8.95			79,344			9.81			82,298			11.52
ADJUSTABLE-RATE
Commercial:
Commercial & industrial		9,013			1.15			6,244			0.90			6,271			0.82			6,823			0.85			876			0.12
Real Estate Mortgage		66,214			8.41			22,105			3.20			22,934			3.02			9,691			1.20			10,075			1.41
Construction		—			—			—			—			—			—			17,835			2.20			18,866			2.64
Multi-family		82,530			10.49			10,508			1.52			12,243			1.61			12,138			1.50			14,304			2.00
Land		594			0.07			3,278			0.48			2,258			0.30			103			0.02			104			0.02
Consumer:
Real Estate 1-4 family first mortgage		539,117			68.48			564,312			81.66			627,483			82.66			662,421			81.90			568,252			79.58
Real Estate 1-4 junior lien mortgage		8,882			1.13			9,445			1.37			8,852			1.17			8,447			1.04			5,905			0.83
Other revolving credit and installment		8,563			1.09			10,888			1.58			11,121			1.47			11,948			1.48			13,447			1.88
Total adjustable-rate loans		714,913			90.82			626,780			90.71			691,162			91.05			729,406			90.19			631,829			88.48
Total loans		787,280			100.00	%		690,988			100.00	%		759,120			100.00	%		808,750			100.00	%		714,127			100.00	%
Net deferred loan origination costs		1,109						1,824						2,262						2,581						2,208
Allowance for loan losses		(12,780	)					(14,637	)					(13,079	)					(18,286	)					(6,240	)
Total loans receivable, net	$	775,609					$	678,175					$	748,303					$	793,045					$	710,095

5

The following schedule illustrates the contractual maturity of the Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2011. (Dollars in thousands)

	Commercial
	Commercial and Industrial					Real Estate Mortgage					Multi-Family					Land
Due During Years Ending December 31,	Amount		Weighted Average Rate			Amount		Weighted Average Rate			Amount		Weighted Average Rate			Amount		Weighted Average Rate
2012	$	2,474		6.02	%	$	—		—	%	$	560		4.59	%	$	1,780		6.67	%
2013		6,545		5.15			6,322		5.67			3,075		6.00			500		5.50
2014 and 2015		—		—			3,925		4.97			91		4.25			—		—
2016 to 2020		—		—			45,925		5.55			34,195		5.19			—		—
2021 to 2035		—		—			64,989		5.63			41,468		5.21			95		2.88
2036 and following		—		—			2,852		4.95			7,901		6.27			—		—
Total		9,019		5.69	%		124,013		5.56	%		87,290		5.37	%		2,375		5.68	%

	Consumer
	Real Estate 1-4 Family First Mortgage					Real Estate 1-4 Family  Junior Lien Mortgage					Other Revolving Credit and Installment					TOTALS
Due During Years Ending December 31,	Amount		Weighted Average Rate			Amount		Weighted Average Rate			Amount		Weighted Average Rate			Amount		Weighted Average Rate
2012(1)	$	575		4.56	%	$	—		—	%	$	1,927		7.82	%	$	7,316		7.80	%
2013		2,033		6.18			—		—			49		2.71			18,524		4.09
2014 and 2015		2,243		4.85			—		—			2,069		3.18			8,328		3.35
2016 to 2020		8,018		4.05			175		8.01			4,427		3.44			92,740		3.99
2021 to 2035		373,969		3.81			8,865		3.04			132		3.25			489,518		3.95
2036 and following		159,922		5.22			179		3.38			—		—			170,854		5.27
Total	$	546,760		4.25	%	$	9,219		3.65	%	$	8,604		7.23	%	$	787,280		6.11	%

(1) Includes demand loans, loans having no stated maturity and overdraft loans.

6

The following schedule illustrates the Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 as the loans reprice. Loans which have adjustable or renegotiable interest rates are shown as maturing in the period during which the loan reprices. The schedule does not reflect the effects of possible prepayments or enforcement of due-on-sale clauses. (Dollars in thousands).

	Commercial
	Commercial and Industrial					Real Estate Mortgage					Multi-Family					Land
Due During Years Ending December 31,	Amount		Weighted Average Rate			Amount		Weighted Average Rate			Amount		Weighted Average Rate			Amount		Weighted Average Rate
2012	$	9,013		5.78	%	$	48,451		5.57	%	$	24,230		5.33	%	$	2,375		5.68	%
2013		6		5.15			5,269		5.64			6,112		5.84			—		—
2014 and 2015		—		—			5,427		5.18			1,026		5.92			—		—
2016 to 2020		—		—			40,515		5.57			31,491		5.35			—		—
2021 to 2035		—		—			24,351		5.63			24,431		5.21			—		—
Total		9,019		5.69	%		124,013		5.56	%		87,290		5.37	%		2,375		5.68	%

	Consumer
	Real Estate 1-4 Family First Mortgage					Real Estate 1-4 Family  Junior Lien Mortgage					Other Revolving Credit and Installment					TOTALS
Due During Years Ending December 31,	Amount		Weighted Average Rate			Amount		Weighted Average Rate			Amount		Weighted Average Rate			Amount		Weighted Average Rate
2012(1)	$	353,330		3.96	%	$	8,882		3.05	%	$	8,595		7.23	%	$	454,876		6.33	%
2013		89,733		4.64			—		—			9		2.71			101,129		4.69
2014 and 2015		63,086		4.89			—		—			—		—			69,539		3.93
2016 to 2020		39,933		4.73			174		8.01			—		3.44			112,113		5.05
2021 to 2035		678		3.81			163		3.04			—		—			49,623		4.92
Total	$	546,760		4.25	%	$	9,219		3.65	%	$	8,604		7.23	%	$	787,280		6.11	%

(1) Includes demand loans, loans having no stated maturity and overdraft loans.

The total amount of loans due after December 31, 2012 which have predetermined interest rates is $41.7 million, while the total amount of loans due after such date which have floating or adjustable interest rates is $597.5 million.

7

One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending. A major focus for the Company is the origination of loans secured by first mortgages on owner-occupied, one- to four-family residences in San Diego, Orange, Los Angeles and Riverside Counties, California. At December 31, 2011, one- to four-family residential mortgage first trust deed loans totaled $546.8 million, or 69.5% of our gross loan portfolio including the portion of the Company’s Green Account home equity loan portfolio that are secured by first trust deeds. At December 31, 2010, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans totaled $568.9 million, or 82.3% of our gross loan portfolio including the portion of the Company’s Green Account home equity loan portfolio that are secured by first trust deeds.

The Company generally underwrites one- to four-family loans based on the applicant’s income and credit history and the appraised value of the subject property. Generally, the Company lends up to 80% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price for one- to four-family residential loans. For loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 70%, the Company generally charges a higher interest rate. The Company currently has a very limited quantity of loans with a loan-to-value ratio (at time of closing) in excess of 80% at the date of loan origination. Properties securing our one- to four-family loans are appraised by independent fee appraisers approved by management. Generally, the Company requires borrowers to obtain title insurance, hazard insurance, and flood insurance, if necessary.

National and regional indicators of real estate values show continued depressed collateral values relative to peak levels, however, the Company believes that the current loan loss reserves are adequate to cover inherent losses at the balance sheet date. Further, the Company generally adjusts underwriting criteria by discounting the appraisal value by 9.0% when underwriting mortgages in declining market areas.

The Company currently originates one- to four-family mortgage loans on either a fixed- or an adjustable-rate basis, as consumer demand and Bank risk management dictates. The Company’s pricing strategy for mortgage loans includes setting interest rates that are competitive with other local financial institutions.

Adjustable-rate mortgages, or “ARM” loans are offered with flexible initial and periodic repricing dates, ranging from one year to seven years through the life of the loan. The Company uses a variety of indices to reprice ARM loans. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company originated $101.6 million of one- to four-family ARM loans with terms up to 30 years. Of these, $57.0 million were Green Account loans. See further discussion under “Green Account Loans.”

One- to four-family loans may be assumable, subject to the Company’s approval, and may contain prepayment penalties. Most ARM loans are written using generally accepted underwriting guidelines. Mainly, due to the generally large loan size, these loans may not be readily saleable to Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae, but are saleable to other private investors. The Company’s real estate loans generally contain a “due on sale” clause allowing us to declare the unpaid principal balance due and payable upon the sale of the security property.

The Company no longer offers ARM loans which may provide for negative amortization of the principal balance and has not offered these loans since March, 2006. At December 31, 2011, the existing negative amortizing loans in the one-to four- family portfolio totaling $21.5 million have monthly interest rate adjustments after the specified introductory rate term, and annual maximum payment adjustments of 7.5% during the first five years of the loan. The principal balance on these loans may increase up to 110% of the original loan amount as a result of the payments not being sufficient to cover the interest due during the first five years of the loan term. These loans adjust to fully amortize after five years through contractual maturity, or upon the outstanding loan balance reaching 110% of the original loan amount with up to a 30-year term. At December 31, 2011, $885.5 thousand of the Company’s negatively amortizing loan portfolio was non-performing.

In addition, the Bank currently offers interest-only loans. At December 31, 2011, the Company had a total of $125.6 million of interest-only mortgage loans secured by one-to four- family homes. These loans become fully amortized after the initial fixed rate period. At December 31, 2011, $2.0 million of the Company’s interest-only

8

loan portfolio was nonperforming. The Company also offers its Green Account secured lines of credit which have interest only minimum payment requirements. See further discussion under “Consumer and Other Real Estate Lending.”

In order to remain competitive in our market areas, the Company, at times, originates ARM loans at initial rates below the fully indexed rate. The Company’s ARM loans generally provide for specified minimum and maximum interest rates, with a lifetime cap, and a periodic adjustment on the interest rate over the rate in effect on the date of origination. As a consequence of using caps, the interest rates on these loans may not be as rate sensitive as is the Company’s cost of funds.

ARM loans generally pose different credit risks than fixed-rate loans, primarily because as interest rates rise, the borrower’s minimum monthly payment rises, increasing the potential for default.( See “Asset Quality—Non-performing Assets” and “Classified Assets.”) At December 31, 2011, the Company’s one- to four-family ARM loan portfolio comprised of $539.1 million of first deed of trust loans and $8.9 million of loans secured by subordinated or junior liens, 68.5% and 1.1% of our gross loan portfolio, respectively. At that date, the fixed-rate one-to four-family mortgage loan portfolio comprised of $7.6 million of first deed of trust loans and $337 thousand of loans secured by subordinated or junior liens, 1.0% and 0.1% of the Company’s gross loan portfolio, respectively. The interest rate sensitivity composition of the Company’s loan portfolio did not significantly change during 2011. At December 31, 2011, $5.3 million of the Company’s ARM loan portfolio were non-performing loans.

Green Account Loans. The Company has $247.5 million of total Green Account loans which represented 31.4% of the gross loan portfolio at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, the Company had SFR Green Account loans secured by first trust deeds on one-to four- family properties of $223.3 million and other Green Account loans that include second deeds of trust and loans secured against other property types of $24.2 million. Green Account home equity loans generally have a fifteen year draw period with interest-only payment requirements, a balloon payment requirement at the end of the draw period and a maximum 80% loan to value ratio. Home equity lines of credit, other than Green Account loans, may be originated in amounts, together with the amount of the existing first mortgage, up to 80% of the value of the property securing the loan.

Commercial and Multi-Family Real Estate Lending. Another major focus of the Company is the funding of multi-family and commercial real estate loans. These loans are secured primarily by multi-family dwellings, and a limited amount of small retail establishments, hotels, motels, warehouses, and small office buildings primarily located in the Company’s market area, and throughout the West Coast. At December 31, 2011, multi-family and commercial real estate mortgage loans totaled $211.3 million or 26.8% of the Company’s gross loan portfolio, as compared to $79.6 million, or 11.5% of the Company’s gross loan portfolio, at December 31, 2010.

The Company’s loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate are originated with either a fixed or adjustable interest rate. The interest rate on adjustable-rate loans is based on a variety of indices, generally determined through negotiation with the borrower. Loan-to-value ratios on multi-family real estate loans typically do not exceed 75% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. These loans typically require monthly payments, may contain balloon payments and have maximum maturities of 30 years. Loan-to-value ratios on commercial real estate loans typically do not exceed 70% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan and have maximum maturities of 25 years.

Loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate are underwritten based on the income producing potential of the property and the financial strength of the borrower. The net operating income, which is the income derived from the operation of the property less all operating expenses, must be sufficient to cover the payments related to the outstanding debt. The Company generally requires an assignment of rents or leases in order to be assured that the cash flow from the project will be used to repay the debt. Appraisals on properties securing multi-family and commercial real estate loans are performed by independent state licensed fee appraisers approved by management. See “—Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales and Repayments.” The

9

Company generally maintains a tax or insurance escrow account for loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate. In order to monitor the adequacy of cash flows on income-producing properties, the borrower may be required to provide periodic financial information.

Loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate properties generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. These loans typically involve large balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. The largest multi-family or commercial real estate loan at December 31, 2011 was secured by six one-to four- unit properties located in San Diego County with a principal balance of $10.6 million and a remaining line of credit limit of $120 thousand. At December 31, 2011, this loan was performing in accordance with the terms of the note.

Because payments on loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of these loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, or if leases are not obtained or renewed, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. See “—Asset Quality—Non-performing Loans” in Item 1.

Construction Lending and Land Loans. The Company has not historically originated a significant amount of construction loans. From time to time the Company has purchased participations in real estate construction loans, however, it has not done so since 2008. In addition, the Company may in the future originate or purchase loans or participations in construction. The Company had no construction loans at December 31, 2011.

The Company had $2.4 million in land loans at December 31, 2011. The Company has not historically originated a significant amount of land loans. From time to time the Company purchased participations in real estate construction loans, The Company may in the future originate or purchase loans or participations secured by land.

Consumer and Other Real Estate Lending. Consumer loans generally have shorter terms to maturity or variable interest rates, which reduce our exposure to changes in interest rates, and carry higher rates of interest than do conventional one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. In addition, management believes that offering consumer loan products helps to expand and create stronger ties to the Company’s existing customer base by increasing the number of customer relationships and providing cross-marketing opportunities. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s consumer and other loan portfolio totaled $17.8 million, or 2.26% of our gross loan portfolio. The Company offers a variety of secured consumer loans, including second trust deed home equity loans and home equity lines of credit and loans secured by savings deposits. The Company also offers a limited amount of unsecured loans. The Company originates consumer and other real estate loans primarily in its market area.

The Company’s home equity lines of credit totaled $7.0 million, and comprised 0.9% of the gross loan portfolio at December 31, 2011. Additionally, the Company had $247.5 million of Green Account loans which represented 31.4% of the gross loan portfolio at December 31, 2011. Other home equity lines of credit have a seven or ten year draw period and require the payment of 1.0% or 1.5% of the outstanding loan balance per month (depending on the terms) during the draw period, which amount may be re-borrowed at any time during the draw period. Home equity lines of credit with a 10 year draw period have a balloon payment due at the end of the draw period. For loans with shorter term draw periods, once the draw period has lapsed, generally the payment is fixed based on the loan balance at that time. The Company actively monitors changes in the market value of all home loans contained in its portfolio. For instance, in 2011 the Company purchased independent, third party valuations of every property in its residential loan portfolio twice during the year. The most recent valuations were as of November 30, 2011. The Company has the right to adjust, and has adjusted, existing lines of credit to address current market conditions subject to the rules and regulations affecting home equity lines of credit. At December 31, 2011, unfunded commitments on Green Accounts totaled $31.0 million and $11.7 million on other consumer lines of credit. Other consumer loan terms vary according to the type of collateral, length of contract and creditworthiness of the borrower.

10

Consumer and other real estate loans may entail greater risk than do one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans which are secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles and recreational vehicles. In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance. As a result, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and, thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy. See “—Asset Quality—Non-performing Loans” in Item 1.

Commercial Business Lending. At December 31, 2011, commercial business loans totaled $9.0 million or 1.15% of the gross loan portfolio. The Company’s commercial business lending policy includes credit file documentation and analysis of the borrower’s background, capacity to repay the loan, the adequacy of the borrower’s capital and collateral as well as an evaluation of other conditions affecting the borrower. Analysis of the borrower’s past, present and future cash flows is also an important aspect of our credit analysis. The Company may obtain personal guarantees on our commercial business loans. Nonetheless, these loans are believed to carry higher credit risk than more traditional single-family home loans.

Unlike residential mortgage loans, commercial business loans are typically made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself (which, in turn, is often dependent in part upon general economic conditions). The Company’s commercial business loans are usually, but not always, secured by business assets. However, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. See “—Asset Quality—Non-performing Loans” in Item 1.

Loan Originations, Purchases, Repayments, and Servicing

The Company originates real estate secured loans primarily through mortgage brokers and banking relationships. By originating most loans through brokers, the Company is better able to control overhead costs and efficiently utilize management resources. The Company is a portfolio lender of products not readily saleable to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, although they are saleable to private investors. The Company did not attempt to sell any of its loans during 2011.

The Company also originates consumer and real estate loans on a direct basis through our marketing efforts, and our existing and walk-in customers. The Company originates both adjustable and, to a much lesser extent, fixed-rate loans, however, the ability to originate loans is dependent upon customer demand for loans in our market areas. Demand is affected by competition and the interest rate environment. During the last few years, the Company has significantly increased origination of ARM loans. The Company has also purchased ARM loans secured by one-to four-family residences and participations in construction and commercial real estate loans in the past. During 2011, the Company purchased ARM loans secured by purchased multi-family properties totaling $58.0 million. Loans and participations purchased must conform to the Company’s underwriting guidelines or guidelines acceptable to the management loan committee. In periods of economic uncertainty, the ability of financial institutions to originate or purchase large dollar volumes of real estate loans may be substantially reduced or restricted, with a resultant decrease in interest income. During 2005, the Company introduced a new lending product called the “Green Account”, a fully transactional flexible mortgage account. Originations of this product totaled $61.7 million and $85.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

11

The following table shows loan origination, purchase, sale, and repayment activities for the periods indicated.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(In thousands)
Originations by type:
Adjustable rate:
Real estate—one- to four-family	$	44,554		$	3,552		$	16,293
—multi-family, commercial and land		12,826			3,742			1,096
—construction or development		—			—			—
Consumer and other		64,851	*		89,389	*		92,311	*
—commercial business		—			—			—
Total adjustable-rate		122,231			96,683			109,700
Fixed rate:
Real estate—one- to four-family		—			—			260
—multi-family, commercial and land		76,299			—			19
Non-real estate—consumer		97			387			427
—commercial business		493			871			297
Total fixed-rate		76,889			1,258			1,003
Total loans originated		199,120			97,941			110,703
Purchases:
Real estate—one- to four-family		—			182			—
—multi-family, commercial and land		58,027			—			—
—construction or development		—			—			—
Consumer and other		—			—			—
—commercial business		—			—			—
Total loans purchased		58,027			182			—
Repayments:
Principal repayments		(162,700	)		(158,573	)		(137,913	)
Increase (decrease) in other items, net		2,987			(9,424	)		(17,532	)
Net increase (decrease)	$	97,434		$	(69,874	)	$	(44,742	)

* For 2011, of this total, $61.7 million represents originations of the Company’s Green Account product, of which $57.0 million is secured by one-to four-family properties, $591 thousand is secured by land, $737 thousand is secured by multi-family properties and $3.3 million is secured by commercial properties. For 2010, of this total, $85.2 million represents originations of the Company’s Green Account product, of which $75.3 million is secured by one-to four-family properties, $5.1 million is secured by land, $1.4 million is secured by multi-family properties and $3.4 million is secured by commercial properties. For 2009, of this total, $87.7 million represents originations of the Company’s Green Account product, of which $81.4 million is secured by one-to four-family properties, $3.5 million is secured by land, $1.8 million is secured by multi-family properties and $978 thousand is secured by commercial properties.

Asset Quality

Real estate loans are serviced in house, as stringently (or more so) as dictated by secondary market guidelines. When a borrower fails to make a payment on a mortgage loan , a late charge notice is mailed 16 days after the due date. All delinquent accounts are reviewed by a collector, who attempts to cure the delinquency by contacting the borrower prior to the loan becoming 30 days past due. If the loan becomes 60 days delinquent, the collector will generally contact the borrower by phone, send a personal letter and/or engage a field service company to visit the property in order to identify the reason for the delinquency. Once the loan becomes 90 days delinquent, contact with the borrower is made requesting payment of the delinquent amount in full, or the establishment of an acceptable repayment plan to bring the loan current. When a loan becomes 90 days delinquent, a drive-by inspection is made and if an acceptable repayment plan has not been agreed upon, a collection officer will generally initiate foreclosure or refer the account to the Company’s counsel to initiate foreclosure proceedings.

12

For consumer loans a similar process is followed, with the initial written contact being made once the loan is 10 days past due with a follow-up notice at 16 days past due. Follow-up contacts are generally on an accelerated basis compared to the mortgage loan procedure.

Accruing Loans in Past Due Status. The following table is a summary of our performing loans that were past due at least 30 days but less than 90 days past due as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The Company ceases accruing interest, and therefore classifies as nonperforming, any loan to which principal or interest has been in default for period of 90 days or more, or if repayment in full of interest or principal is not expected (dollars in thousands) The Company maintains specific allowance allocations of $283 thousand and $238 thousand for these loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010
Performing loans past due 30 to 89 days:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial		—			—
Real estate mortgage		291			665
Multi-family		—			540
Land		—			2,538
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family mortgage	$	10,669		$	27,070
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—			698
Other revolving credit		4			6
Total performing loans past due 30 to 89 days	$	10,964		$	31,517
Ratios:
Performing loans past due 30 to 89 days as a percentage of total loans		1.39	%		4.56	%
Performing loans past due 90 days or more as a percentage of total loans		0.00	%		0.00	%
Total performing loans in past due status as a percentage of total loans		1.39	%		4.56	%

Nonaccrual Loans. The following table summarizes our nonaccrual loans, at December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008, and 2007. This table includes troubled debt restructured loans on nonaccrual. There were no loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 totaling $16.3 million, $35.4 million and $40.6 million, $31.0 million and $12.4 million were net of specific reserve allocations of $2.9 million, $3.4 million, $5.6 million, $13.2 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010		December 31, 2009		December 31, 2008		December 31, 2007
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	775
Real estate mortgage		—		—		—		—		—
Multi-family		3,090		8,502		10,519		5,412		57
Real estate construction		—		—		—		17,835		9,957
Land		1,887		9,715		7,247		9,377		—
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		14,272		20,611		24,443		11,503		3,443
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		3,856		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		5		2		107		92		—
Total	$	19,254	$	38,830	$	46,172	$	44,219	$	14,132

13

Non-Performing Assets.

The following table is a summary of our non-performing loans, including non-performing restructured loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Non-performing loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaling $16.3 million and $35.4 million were net of specific reserve allocations of $2.9 million and $3.4 million, respectively. Other real estate owned at December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaling $14.7 million and $6.6 million was net of specific reserve allocations of $4.1 million and $3.4 million, respectively.

	At December 31, 2011		At December 31, 2010
Nonperforming loans
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	—	$	—
Real estate mortgage		—		—
Multi-family		3,090		8,502
Real estate construction		—		—
Land		1,887		9,715
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage and green		14,272		20,611
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage and green		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		5		2
Total nonperforming loans	$	19,254	$	38,830
Other real estate owned	$	14,692	$	6,562
Total nonperforming assets	$	33,946	$	45,392

Troubled Debt Restructured Loans (TDRs). As of December 31, 2011 the Company had 26 loans with an aggregate balance of $16.1 million classified as TDR. Specific valuation allowances totaling $2.1 million have been established for these loans. When a loan becomes a TDR the Company ceases accruing interest, and classifies it as non-accrual until the borrower demonstrates that the loan is again performing.

14

Of the 26 loans classified as TDR, 23 loans totaling $15.2 million are making payments according to their modified terms and are less than 90-days delinquent. Of the aforementioned $15.2 million in TDR loans, $12.0 million in loans are secured by single family residence, $487 thousand in loans are secured by land, $2.7 million are secured by multi-family and the remaining is comprised of an unsecured $2 thousand consumer loan. Three TDR loans with an aggregate balance of $915 thousand are over 90 days delinquent and are secured by SFRs. The following table presents the seasoning of the Bank’s restructured loans, their classified balance (principal balance minus SVA charged-off and SVA), and their weighted average interest rates (dollars in thousands):

Performing Restructured Loans As of December 31, 2011
Payments	# of loans		Book Value		Average Loan Size		Weighted Average Interest Rate
	(Dollars in Thousands)
1 Payment		1	$	153	$	153		6.25	%
2 Payments		1		3,600		3,600		5.00	%
3 Payments		1		231		231		4.62	%
4 Payments		—		—		—		—
5 Payments		—		—		—		—
6 Payments		1		443		443		3.00	%
7 Payments		—		—		—		—
8 Payments		—		—		—		—
9 Payments		—		—		—		—
10 Payments		—		—		—		—
11 Payments		—		—		—		—
12+ Payments		19		10,789		568		5.35	%
Total		23	$	15,216	$	662		5.20	%

Real Estate Owned. At December 31, 2011, other real estate acquired in settlement of loans totaled $14.7 million, net of a valuation allowance of $4.1 million, based on the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell (typically 9.0% of the newly appraised property value). The real estate owned balance consisted of one construction property and five single family properties currently held for sale.

Classified Assets. Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered by the OCC to be of lesser quality, as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.

When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allocation allowances for loan losses in an amount deemed prudent by management and approved by the Board of Directors. General allocation allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated with lending activities, but, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required either to establish a specific allocation allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge off such amount. An institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its specific allocation allowances is subject to review by the OCC and the FDIC, which may order the establishment of additional general or specific loss allocation allowances.

15

In connection with the filing of the Bank’s periodic reports with the OCC and in accordance with our classification of assets policy, we regularly review the problem assets in our portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. On the basis of management’s review of assets, at December 31, 2011, the Company had classified assets (including OREO) totaling $47.2 million, of which $47.2 million was classified as substandard, $0 as doubtful and $0 as loss. The total amount classified represented 25.60% of the Company’s shareholders equity and 4.73% of the Company’s total assets at December 31, 2011.

Provision for Loan Losses. The past year proved to be a challenging operating environment, as witnessed by the continued deterioration of the national and local housing markets. In 2011, the local market declined over 2010 levels with a 5.4% decrease in housing values between November, 2010 and November, 2011 as measured by the S&P Case Schiller Home Price Index for San Diego County, after increasing in 2010. Continued weaknesses still exist as evidenced by continued high levels of foreclosures and delinquencies which are exacerbated by persistently high but declining unemployment in California and the United States. The Company continues its expansion plan as loan originations grew in Los Angeles County, CA during the year. The Company, however, saw declines in the level and composition of the Bank’s non-performing and classified assets between December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011. As a result, the Company recorded a smaller loan loss provision for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $5.4 million, compared to a loan loss provision of $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The provision for loan losses is charged or credited to income to adjust our allowance for loan losses to reflect probable losses presently inherent in the loan portfolio based on the factors discussed below under “Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Allowance for Loan Losses. The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is based on ongoing assessment of the estimated probable losses presently inherent in the loan portfolio. In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan losses, management considers the types of loans and the amount of loans in the loan portfolio, peer group information, historical loss experience, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This methodology takes into account many factors, including the Company’s own historical and peer loss trends, loan-level credit quality ratings, loan specific attributes along with a review of various credit metrics and trends. The process involves subjective as well as complex judgments. During 2011, the Company used a rolling three year loss experience in analyzing an appropriate reserve factor for all loans versus a one year rolling loss experience in the prior year. Management tested this enhancement and determined that it did not have a material effect on the prior year’s allowance calculation. In addition, the Company uses adjustments for numerous factors including those found in the Interagency Guidance on Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses, which include current economic conditions, loan seasoning, underwriting experience, and collateral value changes among others. The Company evaluates all impaired loans individually using guidance from ASC 310 primarily through the evaluation of cash flows or collateral values.

At December 31, 2011, our allowance for loan losses was $12.8 million or 1.62% of the total loan portfolio. Assessing the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective as it requires making material estimates, including the amount and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans that may be susceptible to significant change. In the opinion of management, the allowance, when taken as a whole, reflects estimated probable losses presently inherent in our loan portfolios.

16

The following table sets forth an analysis of our allowance for loan losses.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
	(Dollars in Thousands)
Balance at beginning of period	$	14,637		$	13,079		$	18,286		$	6,240		$	4,670
Charge-offs
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial		—			—			—			(647	)		—
Real Estate construction		—			—			(12,557	)		—			—
Multi-family		(2,136	)		—			—			—			—
Land		(1,899	)		(2,695	)		(6,266	)		—			—
Consumer:
Real Estate 1-4 family first mortgage		(3,276	)		(4,747	)		(1,666	)		(461	)		—
Real Estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		(66	)		(47	)		(1,345	)		(197	)		—
Other revolving credit and installment		(135	)		(42	)		(671	)		(246	)		(24	)
		(7,512	)		(7,531	)		(22,505	)		(1,551	)		(24	)
Recoveries
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial		—			—			—			—			—
Real Estate construction		—			—			—			—			—
Multi-family		68			—			—			—			—
Land		24			6			—			—			—
Consumer:
Real Estate 1-4 family first mortgage		165			92			—			—			—
Real Estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—			14			—			—			—
Other revolving credit and installment		10			20			2			50			6
		267			132			2			50			6
Net (charge-offs) recoveries		(7,245	)		(7,399	)		(22,503	)		(1,501	)		(18	)
Provision/(recovery) for loan losses		5,388			8,957			17,296			13,547			1,588
Balance at end of period	$	12,780		$	14,637		$	13,079		$	18,286		$	6,240
Net charge-offs to average loans during this period		1.06	%		1.04	%		2.89	%		0.20	%		—	%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans		66.38	%		37.70	%		56.20	%		50.45	%		44.16	%
Allowance as a % of total loans (end of period)		1.62	%		2.12	%		1.72	%		2.26	%		0.87	%

Investment Activities

Federally chartered savings institutions have the authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including United States Treasury obligations, securities of various federal agencies, including callable agency securities, certain certificates of deposit of insured banks and savings institutions, certain bankers’ acceptances, repurchase agreements, and federal funds. Subject to various restrictions, federally chartered savings institutions may also invest their assets in investment grade commercial paper and corporate debt securities and mutual funds whose assets conform to the investments that a federally chartered savings institution is otherwise authorized to make directly. See “How We Are Regulated—Pacific Trust Bank” and “—Qualified Thrift Lender Test” for a discussion of additional restrictions on our investment activities.

The general objectives of our investment portfolio are to provide liquidity when loan demand is high, to assist in maintaining earnings when loan demand is low and to maximize earnings while satisfactorily managing risk, including credit risk, reinvestment risk, liquidity risk and interest rate risk. See Item 7A “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

17

The Company currently invests in mortgage-backed securities (MBS) as part of our asset/liability management strategy. Management believes that MBS can represent attractive investment alternatives relative to other investments due to the wide variety of maturity and repayment options available through such investments. In particular, the Company has from time to time concluded that short and intermediate duration MBS (with an expected average life of less than ten years) represent a better combination of rate and duration than adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities. All of the Company’s negotiable securities, including MBS, are held as “available for sale.”

The following table sets forth the composition of our securities portfolio and other investments at the dates indicated. Our securities portfolio at December 31, 2011, did not contain securities of any issuer with an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our stockholders’ equity, excluding those issued by the United States Government or its agencies. Collateralized mortgage obligations totaling $129.0 million were purchased during 2011. Of this total, five were sold during 2011 totaling $23.3 million. These agency and private label mortgage-backed securities are collateralized with one-to four- family and multi-family residential loans.

	December 31,
	2011					2010					2009
	Carrying Value		% of Total			Carrying Value		% of Total			Carrying Value		% of Total
	(Dollars in Thousands)
Securities Available for Sale:
U.S government-sponsored entities and agency securities	$	4,038		3.97	%	$	5,055		7.80	%	$	5,168		9.88	%
Municipal securities		5,713		5.62			—		0.00			—		0.00
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities		91,862		90.40			54,246		83.73			47,131		90.11
Federal National Mortgage Association mortgage-backed securities		3		0.01			3		0.00			4		0.01
Government National Mortgage Association securities		—		0.00			5,486		8.47	%		1		0.00
Total	$	101,616		100.00	%	$	64,790		100.00	%	$	52,304		100.00	%
Estimated average remaining life of securities		3.0 years					2.3 years					3.1 years
Other interest earning assets:
Interest-earning deposits with banks	$	37,720		84.40	%	$	53,729		86.59	%	$	3,884		10.55	%
Federal funds sold		—		0.00			—		0.00			23,580		64.03
FHLB stock		6,972		15.60			8,323		13.41			9,364		25.42
	$	44,692		100.00	%	$	62,052		100.00	%	$	36,828		100.00	%

18

The composition and maturities of the securities portfolio, excluding Federal Home Loan Bank stock, as of December 31, 2011 are indicated in the following table.

	December 31, 2011
	One Year or Less			After One Year through Five Years			After Five Years Through 10 Years			After 10 Years			Total Securities
	Amortized Cost			Amortized Cost			Amortized Cost			Amortized Cost			Amortized Cost			Fair Value
	(Dollars in Thousands)
Available for Sale:
U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities	$	—		$	—		$	4,000		$	—		$	4,000		$	4,038
Municipal securities		—			2,517			2,264			860			5,641			5,713
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities		28,292			53,374			9,266			2,635			93,567			91,862
Federal National Mortgage Association mortgage-backed securities		—			3			—			—			3			3
Total investment securities	$	28,292		$	55,894		$	15,530		$	3,495		$	103,211		$	101,616
Weighted average yield		2.57	%		3.00	%		4.06	%		2.94	%		3.04	%

Sources of Funds

General. The Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits, payments and maturities of outstanding loans and investment securities; and other short-term investments and funds provided from operations. While scheduled payments from the amortization of loans and mortgage-backed securities and maturing securities and short-term investments are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. In addition, the Company invests excess funds in short-term interest-earning assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending requirements. The Company also generates cash through borrowings. The Company utilizes Federal Home Loan Bank advances to leverage its capital base, to provide funds for its lending activities, as a source of liquidity, and to enhance its interest rate risk management.

Deposits. The Company offers a variety of deposit accounts to both consumers and businesses having a wide range of interest rates and terms. The Company’s deposits consist of savings accounts, money market deposit accounts, NOW and demand accounts, and certificates of deposit. The Company solicits deposits primarily in our market area and from institutional investors. The Company did not hold any brokered certificates of deposit at December 31, 2011. The Company primarily relies on competitive pricing policies, marketing and customer service to attract and retain deposits.

The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and prevailing interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts the Company offers has allowed the Company to be competitive in obtaining funds and to respond with flexibility to changes in consumer demand. The Company has become more susceptible to short-term fluctuations in deposit flows, as customers have become more interest rate conscious. The Company tries to manage the pricing of our deposits in keeping with our asset/liability management, liquidity and profitability objectives, subject to competitive factors. Based on our experience, the Company believes that our deposits are relatively stable sources of funds. Despite this stability, the Company’s ability to attract and maintain these deposits and the rates paid on them has been and will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions.

19

The following table sets forth our deposit flows during the periods indicated.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in Thousands)
Opening balance	$	646,308		$	658,432		$	598,177
Deposits net of withdrawals		135,037			(20,057	)		47,456
Interest credited		4,989			7,933			12,799
Ending balance	$	786,334		$	646,308		$	658,432
Net increase/(decrease)	$	140,026		$	(12,124	)	$	60,255
Percent increase/(decrease)		21.67	%		(1.84	%)		10.07	%

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of savings deposits in the various types of deposit programs we offered at the dates indicated.

	December 31,
	2011					2010					2009
	Amount		Percent of Total			Amount		Percent of Total			Amount		Percent of Total
	(Dollars in Thousands)
Noninterest-bearing demand	$	20,039		2.55	%	$	15,171		2.35	%	$	14,021		2.13	%
Savings		39,176		4.98			124,620		19.28			121,503		18.45
NOW		68,578		8.72			44,860		6.94			43,942		6.67
Money market		188,658		23.99			89,708		13.88			81,771		12.42
		316,451		40.24			274,359		42.45			261,237		39.67
Certificates of deposit
0.00% - 0.99%		319,729		40.66			131.737		20.38			40,386		6.13
1.00% - 1.99%		123,944		15.76			199,565		30.88			230,776		35.05
2.00% - 2.99%		15,774		2.01			23,527		3.64			78,079		11.86
3.00% - 3.99%		4,498		0.57			8,418		1.30			26,382		4.01
4.00% - 4.99%		5,350		0.68			7,286		1.13			19,755		3.00
5.00% - 5.99%		199		0.03			1,416		0.22			1,817		0.28
6.00% - 6.99%		349		0.04			—		—			—		—
8.00% - 8.99%		40		0.01			—		—			—		—
Total Certificates of deposit		469,883		59.76			371,949		57.55			397,195		60.33
	$	786,334		100.00	%	$	646,308		100.00	%	$	658,432		100.00	%

The following table (in thousands) indicates the amount of the Company’s certificates of deposit by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2011.

	2012			2013			2014			2015			2016			Total
0.00% - 2.99%	$	335,019		$	82,428		$	27,873		$	8,847		$	5,280		$	459,447
3.00% - 3.99%		509			862			3,127			—			—			4,498
4.00% - 4.99%		2,254			3,096			—			—			—			5,350
5.00% - 5.99%		199			—			—			—			—			199
6.00% - 6.99%		141			141			67			—			—			349
8.00% - 8.99%		40			—			—			—			—			40
	$	338,162		$	86,527		$	31,067		$	8,847		$	5,280		$	469,883
$100,000 and over	$	229,198		$	69,582		$	26,665		$	7,168		$	4,310		$	336,923
Below $100,000		108,964			16,945			4,402			1,679			970			132,960
Total	$	338,162		$	86,527		$	31,067		$	8,847		$	5,280		$	469,883
Weighted Average Interest Rate		0.73	%		1.23	%		1.37	%		1.77	%		1.54	%		0.89	%

20

Borrowings. Although deposits are our primary source of funds, the Company may utilize borrowings when they are a less costly source of funds and can be invested at a positive interest rate spread, when the Company desires additional capacity to fund loan demand or when they meet our asset/liability management goals. The Company’s borrowings historically have consisted of advances to the Bank from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (FHLB). However, the Bank also has the ability to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank.

The Company may obtain advances from the FHLB by collateralizing the advances with certain of the Company’s mortgage loans and mortgage-backed and other securities. These advances may be made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate, range of maturities and call features. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had $20.0 million in Federal Home Loan Bank advances outstanding and the ability to borrow an additional $130.3 million. The Bank also had the ability to borrow $117.1 million from the Federal Reserve Bank as of that date. See also Note 11 of the Notes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements at Item 8 of this report for additional information regarding FHLB advances. The $20.0 million in FHLB borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2011, are expected to mature in 2012. These maturing advances carry a weighted average rate of 1.79%.

The following table sets forth certain information as to our FHLB advances at the dates and for the years indicated. We had no other borrowings during the years indicated.

	At or for the Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in Thousands)
Average balance outstanding	$	39,918		$	94,548		$	158,549
Maximum month-end balance	$	70,000		$	120,000		$	175,000
Balance at end of year	$	20,000		$	75,000		$	135,000
Weighted average interest rate during the year		2.63	%		3.02	%		3.27	%
Weighted average interest rate at end of the year		1.79	%		3.02	%		3.10	%

Subsidiary and Other Activities

As a federally chartered savings bank, Pacific Trust Bank is permitted by the OCC to invest up to 2% of our total assets or $19.7 million at December 31, 2011, in the stock of, or unsecured loans to, service corporation subsidiaries. The Company may invest an additional 1% of our assets in secure corporations where such additional funds are used for inner city or community development purposes. At December 31, 2011, Pacific Trust Bank did not have any subsidiary service corporations.

Competition

The Company faces strong competition in originating real estate and other loans and in attracting deposits. Competition in originating real estate loans comes primarily from other savings institutions, commercial banks, credit unions and mortgage bankers. Other savings institutions, commercial banks, credit unions and finance companies provide vigorous competition in consumer lending.

The Company attracts deposits through the branch office system and through the internet. Competition for those deposits is principally from other savings institutions, commercial banks and credit unions located in the same community, as well as mutual funds and other alternative investments. The Company competes for these deposits by offering superior service and a variety of deposit accounts at competitive rates. Based on the most recent branch deposit data as of June 30, 2011 provided by the FDIC, Pacific Trust Bank’s share of deposits was 1.11% and 0.50% in San Diego and Riverside Counties, respectively.

21

Employees

At December 31, 2011, we had a total of 128 full-time employees and 19 part-time employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management considers its employee relations to be satisfactory.

HOW WE ARE REGULATED

As a result of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), effective July 20, 2011, the regulation and supervision of savings and loan holding companies, including the Company, was transferred from the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) to the Federal Reserve Board, and regulation and supervision of federal savings banks, including the Bank, was transferred from the OTS to the OCC. Oversight of the Company by the Federal Reserve Board is substantially similar to that conducted by the OTS, except for the Dodd-Frank Act’s requirement that the Company serve as a source of financial and managerial strength for the Bank, particularly when the Bank is in financial distress. Oversight of the Bank by the OCC is substantially similar to that conducted by the OTS. In addition to the OCC, the FDIC, which also insures our deposits, also has authority to regulate and supervise the Bank. The Dodd-Frank Act created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) that has authority to promulgate regulations intended to protect consumers with respect to financial products and services, including those provided by the Bank, and to restrict unfair, deceptive or abusive conduct by providers of consumer financial products and services. As a public company, the Company is subject to the regulation and reporting requirements of the SEC.

Set forth below is a brief description of material information regarding certain laws and regulations that are applicable to the Company and the Bank.

Legislation is introduced from time to time in the United States Congress that may affect our operations. In addition, the regulations governing the Company and the Bank may be amended from time to time by the OCC, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board, the CFPB or the SEC, as appropriate. Any legislative or regulatory changes in the future, including those resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act, could adversely affect our operations and financial condition. This includes the authority, effective July 21, 2011, for financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposits, which could increase our interest expense.

The Federal Reserve Board has extensive enforcement authority over the Company and the OCC and the FDIC have extensive enforcement authority over the Bank. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and to initiate injunctive actions. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with the OCC. Except under certain circumstances, public disclosure of formal enforcement actions by the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and the FDIC is required by law.

First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.

The Company is required to register and file reports with the Federal Reserve Board and is subject to regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board. The activities of the Company and its subsidiaries other than the Bank are restricted to activities permissible for a financial holding company (generally, banking, securities and insurance) and certain other activities authorized for savings and loan holding companies. Federal Reserve Board approval is required for acquisition of a subsidiary or another financial institution or holding company thereof. As a savings and loan holding company, the Company is not subject to any regulatory capital requirements currently. The Dodd-Frank Act requires new capital regulations for bank depository institution to be promulgated within 18 months after it is enacted, but capital regulations will not apply to savings and loan holding companies until five years after enactment.

22

The voting common stock of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements of the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Company stock held by persons who are affiliates of the Company may not be resold without registration unless sold in accordance with certain resale restrictions. Affiliates are generally considered to be officers, directors and principal stockholders. If the Company meets specified current public information requirements, each affiliate of the Company is able to sell in the public market, without registration, a limited number of shares in any three-month period.

Pacific Trust Bank

The investment and lending authority of the Bank is prescribed by federal laws and regulations and the Bank is prohibited from engaging in any activities not permitted by such laws and regulations.

As a federally chartered savings bank, the Bank is required to meet a qualified thrift lender (“QTL”) test, under which the Bank is required to maintain a significant portion of its assets in housing-related loans and investments. Failure to meet the QTL test can trigger certain restrictions on the Bank and the Company, and can be the basis for enforcement action. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank met the QTL test.

The Bank is subject to a 35% of total assets limit on consumer loans, commercial paper and corporate debt securities, and a 20% limit on commercial non-mortgage loans. Separately, the Bank has authority to invest up to 400% of its capital in loans secured by non-residential real estate. The Bank met these limits as of December 31, 2011.

The branching authority of the Bank is regulated by the OCC. The Bank is generally authorized to branch nationwide, subject to OCC approval. The OCC also must approve the Bank’s acquisition of other financial institutions and certain other acquisitions.

The Bank’s general limit on aggregate loans to one borrower is equal to the greater of $500 thousand or 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus, including allowance for loan losses. At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s lending limit under this restriction was $20.5 million. The Bank is in compliance with the loans-to-one-borrower limitation.

The OCC’s oversight of the Bank includes reviewing its compliance with the customer privacy requirements imposed by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 and the anti-money laundering provisions of the USA Patriot Act. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley privacy requirements place limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information with unaffiliated third parties.

The Bank is required to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure safe and sound operations.

Transactions between the Bank and its affiliates are required to be on terms as favorable to the Bank as transactions with non-affiliates, and certain of these transactions are restricted to a percentage of the Bank’s capital, and, in the case of loans, require eligible collateral in specified amounts. In addition, the Bank may not lend to any affiliate engaged in activities not permissible for a bank holding company or acquire the securities of most affiliates.

OCC regulations impose various restrictions on the ability of a federal savings bank to make distributions of capital, which include dividends, stock redemptions or repurchases, cash-out mergers and other transactions charged to the capital account. Generally, if both before and after the proposed distribution, a federal savings bank would remain well-capitalized, it may make capital distributions during any calendar year equal to up to 100% of net income for the year-to-date plus retained net income for the two preceding years. However, the OCC may restrict dividends by an institution deemed to be in need of more than normal supervision. The Bank may pay dividends in accordance with this general authority.

23

A federal savings bank proposing to make a capital distribution must submit written notice to the OCC prior to such distribution if, like the Bank, it is a subsidiary of a holding company, or if it would not remain well-capitalized following the distribution. An institution that does not, or would not meet its current minimum capital requirements following a proposed capital distribution or proposes to exceed these net income limitations must obtain OCC approval prior to making such distribution. The OCC may object to the distribution on safety and soundness concerns. See “—Regulatory Capital Requirements.”

The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) requires the OCC to assess the Bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by the Bank, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. Under the CRA, institutions are assigned a rating of outstanding, satisfactory, needs to improve, or substantial non-compliance. The Bank received a satisfactory rating in its most recent CRA evaluation.

The OCC has adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards on such matters as loan underwriting and documentation, asset quality, earnings standards, internal controls and audit systems, interest rate risk exposure and compensation and other employee benefits. Any institution which fails to comply with these standards must submit a compliance plan.

The Federal Reserve Board requires all depository institutions to maintain non-interest bearing reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts, primarily checking, NOW and Super NOW checking accounts. At December 31, 2011, the Bank was in compliance with these reserve requirements. The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve Board may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements that may be imposed by the OCC.

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, which makes loans or advances to members. All advances are required to be fully secured by sufficient collateral as determined by the Federal Home Loan Bank, and all long-term advances are required to provide funds for residential home financing. The Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB of San Francisco. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had $7.0 million in FHLB stock, which was in compliance with this requirement.

FDIC Regulation and Insurance of Accounts

The Bank’s deposits are insured up to the applicable limits by the FDIC, and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Deposits are insured up to the applicable limits by the FDIC. Effective July 21, 2010, the basic deposit insurance limit is $250,000 per insured deposit account holder. Non-interest bearing transaction accounts receive unlimited coverage through December 31, 2012.

As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions. Our deposit insurance premiums for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $1.2 million. Those premiums have increased due to recent strains on the FDIC Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) due to the cost of large bank failures and increase in the number of troubled banks. FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay an additional quarterly assessment called the FICO assessment in order to fund the interest on bonds issued to resolve thrift failures in the 1980s. This assessment will continue until the bonds mature in the years 2017 through 2019. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, the Bank paid $58 thousand in FICO assessments.

The FDIC assesses deposit insurance premiums quarterly on each FDIC-insured institution based on annualized rates. Each institution is assigned to one of four risk categories based on its capital, supervisory ratings and other factors, with higher risk institutions paying higher premiums. Its deposit insurance premiums are based on the rates applicable to its risk category, subject to certain adjustments. As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has issued regulations assessing insurance premiums on the amount of an institution’s total assets minus its Tier 1 capital, effective for assessments for the second quarter of 2011. The new regulations did not substantially change the level of premiums paid notwithstanding the use of assets as the assessment base instead of deposits.

24

As a result of a decline in the reserve ratio (the ratio of the net worth of the DIF to estimated insured deposits) and concerns about expected failure costs and available liquid assets in the DIF, the FDIC required insured institutions to prepay on December 30, 2009 the estimated amount of their quarterly assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and all quarters through the end of 2012. The prepaid amount is recorded as an asset and institutions record quarterly expenses for deposit insurance. If events cause actual assessments during the prepayment period to vary from the prepaid amount, institutions will pay excess assessments in cash, or receive a rebate of prepaid amounts not exhausted after collection of assessments due on January 13, 2013, as applicable. Collection of the prepayment does not preclude the FDIC from changing assessment rates or revising the risk-based assessment system in the future.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Bank is required to maintain specified levels of regulatory capital under regulations of the OCC. To be adequately capitalized, an institution must have a leverage ratio of at least 4.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0%. To be well capitalized, an institution must have a leverage ratio of at least 5.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%. Institutions that are not well-capitalized are subject to certain restrictions on brokered deposits and interest rates on deposits.

The term leverage ratio means the ratio of Tier 1 (core) capital to adjusted total assets. The term Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio means the ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets. The term total risk-based capital ratio means the ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets. Tier 1 (core) capital generally consists of common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings and certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related earnings, excluding most intangible assets. Total capital consists of the sum of an institution’s Tier 1 (core) capital and the amount of its Tier 2 capital up to the amount of its Tier 1 (core) capital. Tier 2 capital consists generally of certain permanent and maturing capital instruments, the amount of the institution’s allowance for loan and lease losses up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and certain unrealized gains on equity securities. Adjusted total assets consist of total assets as specified for call report purposes, less such items as disallowed servicing assets and accumulated gains/losses on available-for-sale securities. Risk-weighted assets are determined under the OCC capital regulations, which assign to every asset, including certain off-balance sheet items, a risk weight generally ranging from 0% to 100% based on the inherent risk of the asset. At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios exceeded the ratios required to qualify as well-capitalized.

The OCC has the ability to establish an individual minimum capital requirement for a particular institution, based on its circumstances, which varies from the capital levels that would otherwise be required under the capital regulations. The OCC has not imposed any such requirement on the Bank.

The OCC is authorized and, under certain circumstances, required to take certain actions against a savings institution that is less than adequately capitalized. Such an institution must submit a capital restoration plan, including a specified guaranteed by its holding company, and until the plan is approved by the OCC may not increase its assets, acquire another institution, establish a branch or engage in any new activities, and generally may not make capital distributions.

For institutions that are not at least adequately capitalized, progressively more severe restrictions generally apply as capital ratios decrease, or if the OCC reclassifies an institution into a lower capital category due to unsafe or unsound practices or unsafe or unsound condition. Such restrictions may cover all aspects of operations and may include a forced merger or acquisition. An institution that becomes “critically undercapitalized” because it has a tangible capital ratio of 2.0% or less is generally subject to the OCC’s appointment of the FDIC as receiver or conservator for the institution within 90 days after it becomes critically undercapitalized. The imposition by the OCC of any of these measures on the Bank may have a substantial adverse effect on its operations and profitability.

25

TAXATION

Federal Taxation

General. First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. and Pacific Trust Bank are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to the Company or the Bank. The Bank’s federal income tax returns have never been audited. Prior to January 1, 2000, the Bank was a credit union, not generally subject to corporate income tax.

Method of Accounting. For federal income tax purposes, Pacific Trust Bank currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a fiscal year ending on December 31, for filing its federal income tax return.

Minimum Tax. The Internal Revenue Code imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, called alternative minimum taxable income. The alternative minimum tax is payable to the extent such alternative minimum taxable income is in excess of an exemption amount. Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. Pacific Trust Bank has not been subject to the alternative minimum tax, nor does the Company have any such amounts available as credits for carryover.

Net Operating Loss Carryovers. A financial institution may carryback net federal operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. This provision applies to losses incurred in taxable years beginning after August 6, 1997. At December 31, 2011, First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc had $13.2 million in net operating loss carryforwards for California income tax purposes.

Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction. First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. may eliminate from its income dividends received from the Bank as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company if it elects to file a consolidated return with the Bank. The corporate dividends-received deduction is 100% or 80%, in the case of dividends received from corporations with which a corporate recipient does not file a consolidated tax return, depending on the level of stock ownership of the payor of the dividend. Corporations which own less than 20% of the stock of a corporation distributing a dividend may deduct 70% of dividends received or accrued on their behalf.

State Taxation

First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. and Pacific Trust Bank are subject to the California corporate franchise (income) tax which is assessed at the rate of 10.8%. For this purpose, California taxable income generally means federal taxable income subject to certain modifications provided for in the California law.

Executive Officers Who are Not Directors

The business experience for at least the past five years for each of our executive officers who do not serve as directors is set forth below.

Gaylin Anderson. Age 45 years. Mr. Anderson became Executive Vice President and Chief Retail Banking Officer of the Bank effective January 3, 2011. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Anderson served as SVP, Consumer Branch Performance for U.S. Bank in Los Angeles, and as Director of Retail Banking for California National Bank, a $7.7 billion asset 68-branch community banking franchise serving Los Angeles, Orange, Ventura and San Bernardino counties. Mr. Anderson has held executive management positions for CitiBank, N.A., and California Federal Bank.

26

Matthew Bonaccorso. Age 60 years. Mr. Bonaccorso became Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank effective January 3, 2011. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Bonaccorso served at U.S. Bank where he managed its Special Assets Group-West operation with offices in Los Angeles, San Francisco, San Diego, Newport Beach and Sacramento. Previously, he was EVP and Chief Credit Officer of California National Bank from 2001 to 2009. Prior to joining Cal National in 2001, Mr. Bonaccorso held executive positions at Knowledge First, Inc., and at Bank of America.

Marangal Domingo. Age 51 years. Mr. Domingo became Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of First PacTrust Bancorp and the Bank on May 6, 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Domingo served as Principal for Decision Advisors LLC, where he provided business strategy and capital markets advice to both financial institutions and investors seeking to invest in banks. From 2006 to 2009, he was Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Doral Financial Corp and of its bank subsidiary, Doral Bank, located in Puerto Rico where he participated in a large-scale recapitalization, restructuring and stabilization of Doral Financial. Prior to joining Doral Financial, Mr. Domingo served as Executive Vice President, Finance and Strategy for Countrywide Bank. From 1991 to 2004 he held a variety of positions with Washington Mutual and its predecessor company, American Savings, and last served as Executive Vice President, Capital Markets for the Home Loan & Insurance Services Group, responsible for capital markets, finance, market risk management, correspondent lending and conduit operations. After leaving Washington Mutual in 2004, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Downey Financial Corporation

Richard Herrin. Age 43 years. Mr. Herrin became Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of the Bank effective December 6, 2010. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Herrin served at the FDIC as a member of the strategic operations group, which has overall responsibility for managing problem banks on behalf of the FDIC. As part of this group, Mr. Herrin acted as the Receiver-in-Charge of a number of the largest failed banks in the western region of the United States. Previously, he was the Manager of Asset Management Division within the FDIC where he served as a voting member of the Credit Review Committee for all receiverships in the western region of the United States. Prior to joining the FDIC in 2009, Mr. Herrin held executive positions at Vineyard Bank, Excel National Bank, Imperial Capital Bank and Bank of America.

Chang Liu. Age 45 years. Mr. Liu became Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank effective January 3, 2011. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Liu served at U.S. Bank as Senior Vice President where he managed the Los Angeles, Newport Beach and San Diego offices of its Special Assets Group. Previously, he was a Senior Vice President, Senior Loan Officer and Manager of California National Bank’s Los Angeles commercial real estate lending activity. Prior to joining Cal National in 1999, Mr. Liu held commercial real estate commercial lending and corporate finance positions at The Fuji Bank, Ltd., and Sumitomo Bank of California.

27

Item 1A. Risk Factors

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities is subject to certain risks. These risk factors should be considered by prospective and current investors in our securities when evaluating the disclosures in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (particularly the forward-looking statements.) The risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer. In that event, the value of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Operating Environment

Our business strategy includes significant growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.

We intend to pursue an organic and acquisition growth strategy for our business. We regularly evaluate potential acquisitions and expansion opportunities. If appropriate opportunities present themselves, we expect to engage in selected acquisitions of financial institutions, branch acquisitions and other business growth initiatives or undertakings. There can be no assurance that we will successfully identify appropriate opportunities, that we will be able to negotiate or finance such activities or that such activities, if undertaken, will be successful.

There are risks associated with our growth strategy. To the extent that we grow through acquisitions, we cannot ensure that we will be able to adequately or profitably manage this growth. Acquiring other banks, branches or other assets, as well as other expansion activities, involves various risks including the risks of incorrectly assessing the credit quality of acquired assets, encountering greater than expected costs of integrating acquired banks or branches into the Bank, the risk of loss of customers and/or employees of the acquired institution or branch, executing cost savings measures, not achieving revenue enhancements and otherwise not realizing the transaction’s anticipated benefits. Our ability to address these matters successfully cannot be assured. In addition, our strategic efforts may divert resources or management’s attention from ongoing business operations and may subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny.

Our growth initiatives may also require us to recruit experienced personnel to assist in such initiatives. Accordingly, the failure to identify and retain such personnel would place significant limitations on our ability to successfully execute our growth strategy. In addition, to the extent we expand our lending beyond our current market areas, we could incur additional risks related to those new market areas. We may not be able to expand our market presence in our existing market areas or successfully enter new markets.

If we do not successfully execute our acquisition growth plan, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and growth prospects. In addition, if we were to conclude that the value of an acquired business had decreased and that the related goodwill had been impaired, that conclusion would result in an impairment of goodwill charge to us, which would adversely affect our results of operations. While we believe we will have the executive management resources and internal systems in place to successfully manage our future growth, there can be no assurance growth opportunities will be available or that we will successfully manage our growth.

We may fail to realize all of the anticipated benefits of our pending acquisition of Gateway Bancorp.

On June 3, 2011, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire all of the outstanding stock of Gateway Bancorp, the holding company for Gateway Business Bank. The closing of the transaction is subject to the

28

satisfaction of certain conditions, including the receipt of all necessary or advisable regulatory approvals. No assurance can be given as to when or whether these approvals will be received. The success of our pending acquisition of Gateway Bancorp will depend on, among other things, our ability to realize anticipated cost savings and to combine the businesses of the Bank and Gateway Business Bank in a manner that does not materially disrupt the existing customer relationships of either institution or result in decreased revenues from our respective customers. If we are not able to successfully achieve these objectives, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected.

The Bank and Gateway Bancorp have operated and, until the completion of the merger of the two institutions, will continue to operate, independently. It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of each institution’s ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers, depositors and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Integration efforts between the two institutions will also divert management attention and resources. These integration matters could have an adverse effect on the combined institution following completion of the acquisition.

One of the anticipated benefits of the Gateway Bancorp acquisition is the diversification of our revenue stream through non-interest income realized from the mortgage banking operations of Mission Hills Mortgage Bankers, a division of Gateway Business Bank. Most of the revenues generated by Mission Hills come from gains on the sale of single-family mortgage loans pursuant to programs currently offered by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and investors other than government sponsored enterprises on a servicing-released basis. These entities account for a substantial portion of the secondary market in residential mortgage loans. Any future changes in these programs, reduction in number of entities to sell to, eligibility to participate in such programs, the criteria for loans to be accepted or laws that significantly affect the activity of such entities could, in turn, materially reduce the revenues generated by Mission Hills. Further, in a rising or higher interest rate environment, originations of mortgage loans may decrease, resulting in fewer loans that are available to be sold to investors. This would result in a decrease in mortgage banking revenues and a corresponding decrease in our non-interest income following the Gateway Bancorp acquisition. Our post-acquisition results of operations also will be affected by the amount of non-interest expense associated with mortgage banking activities, such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, equipment and data processing expense and other operating costs. During periods of reduced loan demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected to the extent that we are unable to reduce expenses commensurate with the decline in loan originations.

We may fail to realize all of the anticipated benefits of our pending acquisition of Beach Business Bank.

On August 30, 2011, we entered into a merger agreement to acquire Beach Business Bank. The closing of the transaction is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including the receipt of all necessary or advisable regulatory approvals. No assurance can be given as to when or whether these approvals will be received. The success of our pending acquisition of Beach Business Bank will depend on, among other things, our ability to realize anticipated cost savings and to combine the businesses of the Bank and Beach Business Bank in a manner that does not materially disrupt the existing customer relationships of either institution or result in decreased revenues from our respective customers. If we are not able to successfully achieve these objectives, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected.

The Bank and Beach Business Bank have operated and, until the completion of the merger of the two institutions, will continue to operate, independently. It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of each institution’s ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers, depositors and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Integration efforts between the two institutions will also divert management attention and resources. These integration matters could have an adverse effect on the combined institution following completion of the acquisition.

29

The Bank is subject to a regulatory memorandum of understanding, which imposes certain requirements and restrictions on the Bank.

In August 2009, the Bank entered into a memorandum of understanding (the “MOU”) with the OTS(which was succeeded by the OCC as the Bank’s primary regulator effective July 21, 2011) to address certain concerns of the OTS following its examination of the Bank. The MOU requires the Bank to: (i) submit a three-year business plan to the OTS and provide to the OTS quarterly variance reports of the Bank’s compliance with that plan; (ii) submit a non-traditional mortgage analysis plan to the OTS designed to ensure compliance with applicable regulatory guidance concerning the risks of that loan product type; (iii) adopt a concentrations risk management policy addressing concentration risks for loan types other than conforming single family residential loans and for all funding sources; (iv) submit a plan to the OTS to ensure the Bank’s allowance for loan losses methodology is consistent with regulatory requirements and guidance and that the allowance is adequate at each quarter end; (v) adopt a pre-purchase analysis procedure that requires full documentation of all factors and research considered by management prior to the purchase of complex securities; (vi) provide the OTS with quarterly updates of problem assets; and (vii) refrain from increasing the dollar amount of brokered deposits above the amount held by the Bank as of June 30, 2009, excluding interest credited, without the prior written non-objection of the OTS.

The Bank believes it is currently in full compliance with the MOU but will remain subject to the MOU until such time as all or any portion of the MOU has been modified, suspended or terminated by the Bank’s regulator. Failure by the Bank to comply fully with the terms of the MOU or any of the plans or policies adopted by the Bank pursuant to the MOU could result in further regulatory action against the Bank.

Our financial condition and results of operations are dependent on the economy, particularly in the Bank’s market area. The current economic conditions in the market areas we serve may continue to impact our earnings adversely and could increase the credit risk of our loan portfolio.

Our primary market area is concentrated in the greater San Diego market area. Adverse economic conditions in that market area can reduce our rate of growth, affect our customers’ ability to repay loans and adversely impact our financial condition and earnings. General economic conditions, including inflation, unemployment and money supply fluctuations, also may affect our profitability adversely. Weak economic conditions and ongoing strains in the financial and housing markets have resulted in higher levels of loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures and a decline in the values of the collateral securing our loans.

A further deterioration in economic conditions in the market areas we serve could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations:

• demand for our products and services may decline;

• loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

• collateral for our loans may further decline in value; and

• the amount of our low-cost or non-interest-bearing deposits may decrease.

We cannot accurately predict the effect of the weakness in the national economy on our future operating results or the market price of our voting common stock.

The national economy in general and the financial services sector in particular are currently facing challenges of a scope unprecedented in recent history. We cannot accurately predict the severity or duration of the current economic downturn, which has adversely impacted the markets we serve. Any further deterioration in national or local economic conditions would have an adverse effect, which could be material, on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and could also cause the market price of our voting

30

common stock to decline. While it is impossible to predict how long these conditions may exist, the current economic downturn could present substantial risks for some time for the banking industry and for us.

Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio.

Lending money is a substantial part of our business. Every loan carries a certain risk that it will not be repaid in accordance with its terms or that any underlying collateral will not be sufficient to assure repayment. This risk is affected by, among other things:

• cash flow of the borrower and/or the project being financed;

• in the case of a collateralized loan, the changes and uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral;

• the credit history of a particular borrower;

• changes in economic and industry conditions; and

• the duration of the loan.

We maintain an allowance for loan losses which we believe is appropriate to provide for probable incurred potential losses in our loan portfolio. The amount of this allowance is determined by our management through a periodic review and consideration of several factors, including, but not limited to:

• an ongoing review of the quality, size and diversity of the loan portfolio;

• evaluation of non-performing loans;

• historical default and loss experience;

• historical recovery experience;

• existing economic conditions;

• risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans; and

• the amount and quality of collateral, including guarantees, securing the loans.

If our loan losses exceed our allowance for probable incurred loan losses, our business, financial condition and profitability may suffer.

The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and the loss and delinquency experience, and evaluate economic conditions and make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. If our estimates are incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in the need for additions to our allowance through an increase in the provision for loan losses. Continuing deterioration in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. Our allowance for loan losses was 1.62% of gross loans held for investment and 66.38% of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2011. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than that of management. If charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan losses. Any increases in the provision for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

31

Our business may be adversely affected by credit risk associated with residential property and declining property values.

At December 31, 2011, $563.0 million, or 71.5% of our total gross loan portfolio, was secured by single-family mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit. This type of lending is generally sensitive to regional and local economic conditions that significantly impact the ability of borrowers to meet their loan payment obligations, making loss levels difficult to predict. The decline in residential real estate values as a result of the downturn in the California housing markets has reduced the value of the real estate collateral securing these types of loans and increased the risk that we would incur losses if borrowers default on their loans. Residential loans with high combined loan-to-value ratios generally will be more sensitive to declining property values than those with lower combined loan-to-value ratios and therefore may experience a higher incidence of default and severity of losses. In addition, if the borrowers sell their homes, the borrowers may be unable to repay their loans in full from the sale proceeds. As a result, these loans may experience higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses, which will in turn adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our loan portfolio possesses increased risk due to our level of adjustable rate loans.

A substantial majority of our real estate secured loans held are adjustable-rate loans. Any rise in prevailing market interest rates may result in increased payments for borrowers who have adjustable rate mortgage loans, increasing the possibility of defaults that may adversely affect our profitability.

Our non-traditional, interest-only single-family residential loans expose us to increased lending risk.

Many of the residential mortgage loans we have originated for investment consisted of non-traditional single family loans that do not conform to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac underwriting guidelines as a result of characteristics of the borrower or property, the loan terms, loan size or exceptions from agency underwriting guidelines, including our Green Account loans. The Green Account is a first mortgage line of credit with an associated “clearing account” that allows all types of deposits and withdrawals to be performed, including direct deposit, check, debit card, ATM, ACH debits and credits, and internet banking and bill payment transactions. At December 31, 2011, we had $247.5 million of Green Account loans, which represented 31.4% of our gross loan portfolio as of that date. Green Account home equity loans generally have a fifteen year draw period with interest-only payment requirements, a balloon payment requirement at the end of the draw period and a maximum 80% loan to value ratio. In addition to the Green Account loans, we had other interest-only single family residential mortgage loans totaling $125.6 million at December 31, 2011, representing 15.95% of our gross loan portfolio as of that date, and single family residential negative amortization loans (a loan in which accrued interest exceeding the required monthly loan payment may be added to loan principal) totaling $21.5 million, representing 2.73% of our gross loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011. We ceased originating negative amortization loans in 2006.

In the case of interest-only loans, a borrower’s monthly payment is subject to change when the loan converts to fully-amortizing status. Since the borrower’s monthly payment may increase by a substantial amount even without an increase in prevailing market interest rates, the borrower might not be able to afford the increased monthly payment. In addition, interest-only loans have a large, balloon payment at the end of the loan term, which the borrower may be unable to pay. Negative amortization involves a greater risk to us because credit risk exposure increases when the loan incurs negative amortization and the value of the home serving as collateral for the loan does not increase proportionally. Negative amortization is only permitted up to 110% of the original loan to value ratio during the first five years the loan is outstanding, with payments adjusting periodically as provided in the loan documents, potentially resulting in higher payments by the borrower. The adjustment of these loans to higher payment requirements can be a substantial factor in higher loan delinquency levels because the borrowers may not be able to make the higher payments. Also, real estate values may decline, and credit standards may tighten in concert with the higher payment requirement, making it difficult for borrowers to sell their homes or refinance their loans to pay off their mortgage obligations. For these reasons, interest-only loans and negative amortization loans are considered to have an increased risk of delinquency, default and foreclosure than

32

conforming loans and may result in higher levels of realized losses. Furthermore, these loans are not as readily saleable as loans that conform to agency guidelines and often can be sold only after discounting the amortized value of the loan. As of December 31, 2011, 0.53% of our interest-only loans, totaling $2.0 million, were in non-performing status. None of our negatively amortizing loans were in non-performing status as of December 31, 2011.

Our income property loans, consisting of commercial and multi-family real estate loans, involve higher principal amounts than other loans and repayment of these loans may be dependent on factors outside our control or the control of our borrowers.

We originate commercial and multi-family real estate loans for individuals and businesses for various purposes, which are secured by commercial properties. These loans typically involve higher principal amounts than other types of loans, and repayment is dependent upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service, which may be adversely affected by changes in the economy or local market conditions. For example, if the cash flow from the borrower’s project is reduced as a result of leases not being obtained or renewed, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Commercial and multifamily real estate loans also expose us to greater credit risk than loans secured by residential real estate because the collateral securing these loans typically cannot be sold as easily as residential real estate. In addition, many of our commercial and multifamily real estate loans are not fully amortizing and contain large balloon payments upon maturity. Such balloon payments may require the borrower to either sell or refinance the underlying property in order to make the payment, which may increase the risk of default or non-payment.

If we foreclose on a commercial and multi-family real estate loan, our holding period for the collateral typically is longer than for residential mortgage loans because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Additionally, commercial and multi-family real estate loans generally have relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Accordingly, if we make any errors in judgment in the collectability of our commercial and multi-family real estate loans, any resulting charge-offs may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios. As of December 31, 2011, our commercial and multi-family real estate loans totaled $220.3 million, or 28.0% of our total gross loan portfolio.

If our investments in real estate are not properly valued or sufficiently reserved to cover actual losses, or if we are required to increase our valuation reserves, our earnings could be reduced.

We obtain updated valuations in the form of appraisals and broker price opinions when a loan has been foreclosed upon and the property is taken in as other real estate owned (“OREO”), and at certain other times during the asset’s holding period. Our net book value (“NBV”) in the loan at the time of foreclosure and thereafter is compared to the updated market value (fair value) of the foreclosed property less estimated selling costs. A charge-off is recorded for any excess in the asset’s NBV over its fair value. If our valuation process is incorrect, the fair value of our investments in real estate may not be sufficient to recover our NBV in such assets, resulting in the need for additional charge-offs. Additional material charge-offs to our investments in real estate could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Our bank regulator periodically reviews our REO and may require us to recognize further charge-offs. Any increase in our charge-offs, as required by such regulator, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Other-than-temporary impairment charges in our investment securities portfolio could result in losses and adversely affect our continuing operations.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s investment securities portfolio consisted of fifty-four securities, thirty-seven of which were in an unrealized loss position. The majority of unrealized losses are related to the Company’s private label residential mortgage-backed securities, as discussed below.

33

The Company’s private label residential mortgage-backed securities that are in a loss position had a fair value of $73.1 million with unrealized losses of approximately $1.9 million at December 31, 2011. These non-agency private label residential mortgage-backed securities were rated AAA at purchase and are not within the scope of ASC 325. The Company monitors to ensure it has adequate credit support and as of December 31, 2011, the Company believes there is no other than temporary impairment (OTTI) and did not have the intent to sell these securities and it is likely that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery. See further discussion in Note 5-Securities.

We closely monitor our investment securities for changes in credit risk. The valuation of our investment securities also is influenced by external market and other factors, including implementation of Securities and Exchange Commission and Financial Accounting Standards Board guidance on fair value accounting. Accordingly, if market conditions deteriorate further and we determine our holdings of other investment securities are OTTI, our future earnings, shareholders’ equity, regulatory capital and continuing operations could be materially adversely affected.

Rising interest rates may hurt our profits.

To be profitable, we have to earn more money in interest that we receive on loans and investments than we pay to our depositors and lenders in interest. If interest rates rise, our net interest income and the value of our assets could be reduced if interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings, increases more quickly than interest received on interest-earning assets, such as loans, other mortgage-related investments and investment securities. This is most likely to occur if short-term interest rates increase at a faster rate than long-term interest rates, which would cause net income to go down. In addition, rising interest rates may hurt our income, because they may reduce the demand for loans and the value of our securities. In a rapidly changing interest rate environment, we may not be able to manage our interest rate risk effectively, which would adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We face significant operational risks.

We operate many different financial service functions and rely on the ability of our employees, third-party vendors and systems to process a significant number of transactions. Operational risk is the risk of loss from operations, including fraud by employees or outside persons, employees’ execution of incorrect or unauthorized transactions, data processing and technology errors or hacking and breaches of internal control systems.

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition.

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities or on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which our loans are concentrated or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry in light of the recent turmoil faced by banking organizations and the continued deterioration in credit markets.

We may elect or be compelled to seek additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed.

We are required by federal regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. At some point, we may need to raise additional capital to support continued growth, both organically and through acquisitions. If we raise additional capital, we may seek to do so through the issuance of, among

34

other things, our common stock or preferred stock. The issuance of additional shares of common stock or convertible securities to new stockholders would be dilutive to our current stockholders.

Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, many of which are outside our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through organic growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired and our financial condition and liquidity could be materially and adversely affected.

We depend on our key employees.

Our future prospects are and will remain highly dependent on our directors and executive officers. Our success will, to some extent, depend on the continued service of our directors and continued employment of the executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of any of these individuals could have a detrimental effect on our business. Although we have entered into employment agreements with members of our senior management team, no assurance can be given that these individuals will continue to be employed by us. The loss of any of these individuals could negatively affect our ability to achieve our growth strategy and could have a material adverse affect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We currently hold a significant amount of bank-owned life insurance.

At December 31, 2011, we held $18.5 million of bank-owned life insurance or BOLI on certain key and former employees and executives, with a cash surrender value of $18.4 million. The eventual repayment of the cash surrender value is subject to the ability of the various insurance companies to pay death benefits or to return the cash surrender value to us if needed for liquidity purposes. We continually monitor the financial strength of the various companies with whom we carry these policies. However, any one of these companies could experience a decline in financial strength, which could impair its ability to pay benefits or return our cash surrender value. If we need to liquidate these policies for liquidity purposes, we would be subject to taxation on the increase in cash surrender value and penalties for early termination, both of which would adversely impact earnings.

If our investment in the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco becomes impaired, our earnings and shareholders’ equity could decrease.

At December 31, 2011, we owned $7.0 million in FHLB stock. We are required to own this stock to be a member of and to obtain advances from our FHLB. This stock is not marketable and can only be redeemed by our FHLB, which currently is not redeeming any excess member stock. Our FHLB’s financial condition is linked, in part, to the eleven other members of the FHLB System and to accounting rules and asset quality risks that could materially lower their capital, which would cause our FHLB stock to be deemed impaired, resulting in a decrease in our earnings and assets.

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security; we may have fewer resources than many of our competitors to continue to invest in technological improvements.

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could

35

have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy client demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our clients.

We operate in a highly regulated environment and our operations and income may be affected adversely by changes in laws and regulations governing our operations.

We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and the FDIC. Such regulators govern the activities in which we may engage, primarily for the protection of depositors and the deposit insurance fund. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the ability to impose restrictions on a bank’s operations, reclassify assets, determine the adequacy of a bank’s allowance for loan losses and determine the level of deposit insurance premiums assessed. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, new regulations or legislation or additional deposit insurance premiums could have a material adverse impact on our operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws and applicable regulations are subject to frequent change. Any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or growth prospects. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. The recently enacted regulatory reform legislation described below will, among other things, change our primary regulator, create a new consumer finance protection agency and impose capital requirements on us at the holding company level. These changes could adversely impact our operations and net income.

The Dodd-Frank Act could have a material adverse effect on us.

The Dodd-Frank Act, which was enacted into law on July 21, 2010, provides for, among other things, new restrictions and an expanded framework of regulatory oversight for financial institutions and their holding companies. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, effective July 21, 2011, the Bank’s primary regulator, the OTS, was eliminated and existing federal thrifts, including the Bank, became subject to regulation and supervision by the OCC, which also supervises and regulates all national banks. In addition, on July 21, 2011, all savings and loan holding companies, including the Company, became subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board, which also supervises and regulates all bank holding companies. This change in regulation of savings and loan holding companies may result in the imposition of holding company capital requirements and additional restrictions on investments and other holding company activities. The Dodd-Frank Act also creates a new consumer financial protection bureau that will have the authority to promulgate rules intended to protect consumers in the financial products and services market. The creation of this independent bureau is likely to result in new regulatory requirements and raise the cost of regulatory compliance. In addition, new regulations mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act could require changes in regulatory capital requirements, loan loss provisioning practices and compensation practices. Effective July 21, 2011, financial institutions may pay interest on demand deposits, which could increase our interest expense. At this time, we cannot determine the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business and operations.

Increases in deposit insurance premiums and special FDIC assessments will negatively impact our earnings.

During 2009, our FDIC insurance premiums increased significantly and we may pay higher FDIC premiums in the future. The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum reserve ratio from 1.15% to 1.35%. The FDIC has adopted a plan under which it will meet this ratio by the statutory deadline of September 30, 2020. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to offset the effect of the increase in the minimum reserve ratio on institutions with

36

assets less than $10.0 billion. The FDIC has not announced how it will implement this offset. In addition to the minimum reserve ratio, the FDIC must set a designated reserve ratio. The FDIC has set a designated reserve ratio of 2.0, which exceeds the minimum reserve ratio.

As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has adopted final regulations under which insurance premiums are based on an institution’s total assets minus its tangible equity instead of its deposits. While our FDIC insurance premiums initially will be reduced by these regulations, it is possible that our future insurance premiums will increase under the final regulations.

We rely on dividends from the Bank for substantially all of the Company’s revenue.

The Company’s primary source of revenue is earnings of available cash and securities and dividends from the Bank. The OCC regulates and must approve the amount of Bank dividends to the Company. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends, the Company may not be able to service its debt, pay its other obligations or pay dividends on the Company’s preferred and common stock which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or the value of your investment in our common stock.

The Company has a significant deferred tax asset and may or may not be fully realized.

The Company has a significant deferred tax asset and cannot assure that it will be fully realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities computed using enacted tax rates. If we determine that we will not achieve sufficient future taxable income to realize our net deferred tax asset, we are required under generally accepted accounting principles to establish a full or partial valuation allowance. If we determine that a valuation allowance is necessary, we are required to incur a charge to operations. We regularly assess available positive and negative evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that our net deferred tax asset will be realized. Realization of a deferred tax asset requires us to apply significant judgment and is inherently speculative because it requires estimates that cannot be made with certainty. At December 31, 2011, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $7.6 million, net of a deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $1.3 million. Although realization is not assured, the Company believes that the realization of the recognized net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2011 is more likely than not based upon available tax planning strategies and expectations as to future taxable income.

Our ability to utilize its DTAs to offset future taxable income may be significantly limited if the Company experiences an “ownership change” under the Internal Revenue Code.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had recognized net DTAs of approximately $7.6 million, which are included in its tangible common equity. The Company’s ability to utilize its DTAs to offset future taxable income may be significantly limited if the Company experiences an “ownership change” as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“the Code”). In general, an ownership change will occur if there is a cumulative change in the Company’s ownership by “5-percent or more shareholders” (as defined in the Code) that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. If this were to occur, the Company would be subject to an annual limitation on its pre-ownership change DTAs equal to the value of the corporation immediately before the ownership change, provided that the annual limitation would be increased each year to the extent that there is an unused limitation in a prior year.

Changes in accounting standards may affect our performance.

Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. From time to time there are changes in the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we report and record our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in a retrospective adjustment to prior financial statements.

37

Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market area, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors have substantially greater name recognition, resources and lending limits than we do and may offer certain services or prices for services that we do not or cannot provide. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and this may make it difficult for you to resell our common stock when you want or at prices you find attractive.

We cannot predict how our common stock will trade in the future. The market value of our common stock will likely continue to fluctuate in response to a number of factors including the following, most of which are beyond our control, as well as the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section:

• actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating and financial results;

• developments related to investigations, proceedings or litigation that involve us;

• changes in financial estimates and recommendations by financial analysts;

• dispositions, acquisitions and financings;

• actions of our current stockholders, including sales of common stock by existing stockholders and our directors and executive officers;

• fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;

• regulatory developments; and

• developments related to the financial services industry.

The market value of our common stock may also be affected by conditions affecting the financial markets in general, including price and trading fluctuations. These conditions may result in (i) volatility in the level of, and fluctuations in, the market prices of stocks generally and, in turn, our common stock and (ii) sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the market, in each case that could be unrelated or disproportionate to changes in our operating performance. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market value of our common stock.

There may be future sales of additional common stock or other dilution of our shareholders’ equity, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We are not restricted from issuing additional common stock, including any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock or any substantially similar securities. The market value of our common stock could decline as a result of sales by us of a large number of shares of common stock or similar securities in the market or the perception that such sales could occur.

Our SBLF Preferred Stock impacts net income available to our common shareholders and earnings per common share.

The dividends declared on the preferred stock we issued to the U.S. Treasury pursuant to the Small Business Lending Fund (“SBLF”) program (the “SBLF Preferred Stock”) reduce the net income available to common shareholders and our earnings per common share. The SBLF Preferred Stock will also receive preferential treatment in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of First PacTrust Bancorp.

38

The dividend rate on the SBLF Preferred Stock will fluctuate initially from 1% to 5% based on our level of “Qualified Small Business Lending,” or “QSBL,” as compared to our “baseline” level. The cost of the capital we received from the SBLF Preferred Stock will increase significantly if the level of our “QSBL” as of September 30, 2013 does not represent an increase from our “baseline” level. This cost also will increase significantly if we have not redeemed the SBLF Preferred Stock before the fourth anniversary of the SBLF transaction.

The per annum dividend rate on the SBLF Preferred Stock can fluctuate on a quarterly basis during the first ten quarters during which the SBLF Preferred Stock is outstanding, based upon changes in the amount of “QSBL” by the Bank from a “baseline” level (the average of the Bank’s quarter-end QSBL for the four quarters ended June 30, 2010, which was $36.1 million). The dividend rate for the initial dividend period (which ended on September 30, 2011) was 5%, the dividend rate for the second dividend period (which ended on December 31, 2011) was 3.888375%. For the third dividend period through the tenth dividend period, the dividend rate may be adjusted to between one percent and five percent, to reflect the amount of percentage change in the Bank’s level of QSBL from the baseline level to the level as of the end of the second quarter proceeding the dividend period in question. For the eleventh dividend period to the fourth anniversary of the SBLF transaction, the dividend rate will be fixed at between 1% and 5%, based upon the percentage increase in QSBL from the baseline level to the level as of the end of the ninth dividend period (i.e., as of September 30, 2013); however, if there is no increase in QSBL from the baseline level to the level as of the end of the ninth dividend period (or if QSBL has decreased during that time period), the dividend rate will be fixed at 7.0%. From and after the fourth anniversary of the SBLF transaction, the dividend rate will be fixed at 9.0%, regardless of the level of QSBL. Depending on our financial condition at the time, any such increases in the dividend rate could have a material negative effect on our liquidity.

Regulatory and contractual restrictions may limit or prevent us from paying dividends on and repurchasing our common stock.

The Company is an entity separate and distinct from its principal subsidiary, the Bank, and derives substantially all of its revenue in the form of dividends from that subsidiary. Accordingly, the Company is and will be dependent upon dividends from the Bank to pay the principal of and interest on its indebtedness, to satisfy its other cash needs and to pay dividends on its common and preferred stock. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends is subject to its ability to earn net income and to meet certain regulatory requirements. In the event the Bank is unable to pay dividends to the Company, the Company may not be able to pay dividends on its common or preferred stock. Also, the Company’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. This includes claims under the liquidation account maintained for the benefit of certain eligible deposit account holders of the Bank established in connection with the Bank’s conversion from the mutual to the stock form of ownership.

Under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock and the securities purchase agreement between us and the U.S. Treasury in connection with the SBLF transaction our ability to pay dividends on or repurchase our common stock is subject to a limit requiring us generally not to reduce our Tier 1 capital from the level on the SBLF closing date by more than 10%. In addition, if we fail to pay an SBLF dividend, there are further restrictions on our ability to pay dividends on or repurchase our common stock. Moreover, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only when, as and if declared by our board of directors. Although we have historically paid cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and our board of directors could reduce, suspend or eliminate our common stock cash dividend in the future.

Holders of the SBLF Preferred Stock have limited voting rights.

Until and unless we fail to pay full dividends on the SBLF Preferred Stock for six or more dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, and the aggregate liquidation preference amount of the then-outstanding shares of SBLF Preferred Stock is at least $25.0 million, the holders of the SBLF Preferred Stock will have no voting

39

rights except with respect to certain fundamental changes in the terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock and except as may be required by law. If, however, dividends on the SBLF Preferred Stock are not paid in full for six dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, and if the aggregate liquidation preference amount of the then-outstanding shares of SBLF Preferred Stock is at least $25.0 million, then the total number of positions on the Company’s Board of Directors will automatically increase by two and the holders of the SBLF Preferred Stock, acting as a single class, will have the right, but not the obligation, to elect two individuals to serve in the new director positions. This right and the terms of such directors will end when we have paid full dividends for at least four consecutive dividend periods.

The voting limitation provision in our charter could limit your voting rights as a holder of our common stock.

Our charter provides that any person or group who acquires beneficial ownership of our common stock in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares may not vote the excess shares. Accordingly, if you acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, your voting rights with respect to the common stock will not be commensurate with your economic interest in our company.

Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our shareholders.

Provisions in our charter and bylaws, the corporate law of the State of Maryland and federal regulations could delay, defer or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our shareholders, or otherwise adversely affect the market price of any class of our equity securities, including our common stock. These provisions include: a prohibition on voting shares of common stock beneficially owned in excess of 10% of total shares outstanding, supermajority voting requirements for certain business combinations with any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of our outstanding common stock; the election of directors to staggered terms of three years; advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors and for proposing matters that stockholders may act on at stockholder meetings, a requirement that only directors may fill a vacancy in our Board of Directors, supermajority voting requirements to remove any of our directors and the other provisions of our charter. Our charter also authorizes our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock, and preferred stock could be issued as a defensive measure in response to a takeover proposal. In addition, pursuant to federal banking regulations, as a general matter, no person or company, acting individually or in concert with others, may acquire more than 10% of our common stock without prior approval from the our federal banking regulator.

These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over market price or adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for holders of our common stock to elect directors other than the candidates nominated by our Board of Directors.

Our executive officers and directors and the directors of the Bank could have the ability to influence shareholder actions in a manner that may be adverse to your personal investment objectives.

As of December 31, 2011, our executive officers and the directors of the Bank as a group beneficially owned 575,407 shares of our voting common stock, representing approximately 4.94% of the total shares of voting common stock outstanding as of that date. Due to their collective ownership interest, these individuals may be able to exercise influence over the management and business affairs of our company and the Bank. For example, using their collective voting power, these individuals may be able to influence the outcome of director elections or block significant transactions, such as a merger or acquisition, or any other matter that might otherwise be favored by other shareholders.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

40

Item 2. Properties

At December 31, 2011, the Bank had nine full service offices and four limited service offices. The Bank owns the office building in which our home office and executive offices are located. At December 31, 2011, the Bank owned all but six of our other branch offices. The net book value of the Bank’s investment in premises, equipment and leaseholds, excluding computer equipment, was approximately $10.0 million at December 31, 2011. See further discussion in Note 9—Premises and Equipment in the notes to the consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this report.

The following table provides a list of Pacific Trust Bank’s main and branch offices and indicates whether the properties are owned or leased:

Location	Owned or Leased	Lease Expiration Date	Net Book Value at December 31, 2011
			(Dollars in Thousands)
MAIN AND EXECUTIVE OFFICES
610 Bay Boulevard Chula Vista, CA 91910(1)	Owned	N/A	$510
18500 Von Karman Avenue Irvine, CA 92612(1)	Leased	May, 2018	N/A
350 S. Figueroa Street Los Angeles, CA 90071	Leased	December, 2012	N/A
BRANCH OFFICES:
279 F Street Chula Vista, CA 91912	Owned	N/A	$389
850 Lagoon Drive Chula Vista, CA 91910	*	N/A	N/A
350 Fletcher Parkway El Cajon, CA 91910	Leased	December, 2014	N/A
5508 Balboa Avenue San Diego, CA 92111	Leased	October, 2021	N/A
27425 Ynez Road Temecula, CA 92591	Owned	N/A	$699
8200 Arlington Avenue Riverside, CA 92503	*	N/A	N/A
5030 Arlington Avenue Riverside, CA 92503	Owned	N/A	$217
16536 Bernardo Center Drive San Diego, CA 92128(2)	Leased	December, 2013	N/A
16840 Bernardo Center Drive San Diego, CA 92128	Leased	October, 2021	N/A
7877 Ivanhoe Street La Jolla, CA 92037	Owned	N/A	$2,220
7877 Ivanhoe Street (land lease) La Jolla, CA 92037(3)	Leased	October, 2017	N/A
1642 West San Marcos Boulevard San Marcos, CA 92078	Owned	N/A	$2,017
1880 Century Park East Los Angeles, CA 90067	Leased	July, 2021	N/A
2635 Wilshire Boulevard Santa Monica, CA 90403 (expected to open in 2012)	Leased	September, 2021	N/A
13031 Newport Avenue Tustin, CA 92780(expected to open in 2012)	Leased	February, 2022	N/A

41

* These sites, which are on Goodrich Aerostructures facilities, are provided to the Company at no cost as an accommodation to Goodrich Aerostructures’ employees.

(1) On March 5, 2012, the Company relocated the corporate office from Chula Vista, CA to Irvine, CA.

(2) The Bernardo Center Drive branch moved locations with the intention to end the prior lease in 2012.

(3) The La Jolla branch leases the land on which it resides.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are involved as plaintiff or defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. We do not anticipate incurring any material liability as a result of such currently pending litigation.

On December 14, 2011, CMG Financial Services, Inc. (“CMG”) initiated a patent lawsuit against the Bank in the United States District Court for the Central District of California (styled CMG Financial Services, Inc. v. Pacific Trust Bank, F.S.B., et al., Case No. 2:11-cv-10344-PSG-MRW) (the “Action”) alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 7,627,509 (the “509 Patent”) of limited number of financial products previously offered by the Company. The 509 Patent relates to the origination and servicing of loans with characteristics similar to the Bank’s Green Accounts. The Company and its counsel believe the asserted claim is without merit and the resolution of the matter is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations, though no assurance can be given in this regard.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

42

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company’s voting common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BANC.” The approximate number of holders of record of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2011 was 267. Certain shares of the Company are held in “nominee” or “street” name and accordingly, the number of beneficial owners of such shares is not known or included in the foregoing number. At December 31, 2011 there were 10,581,704 shares of voting common stock (net of Treasury stock) and 1,054,991 shares of Class B non-voting common stock issued and outstanding. The following table presents quarterly market information for the Company’s voting common stock for the two years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

	Market Price Range
2011	High		Low		Dividends
Quarter Ended
December 31, 2011	$	13.21	$	10.09	$	0.12
September 30, 2011	$	15.52	$	10.37	$	0.115
June 30, 2011	$	16.61	$	13.93	$	0.11
March 31, 2011	$	16.59	$	13.53	$	0.105
					$	0.45

	Market Price Range				Dividends
2010	High		Low
Quarter Ended
December 31, 2010	$	13.27	$	10.45	$	0.10
September 30, 2010	$	10.70	$	7.21	$	0.05
June 30, 2010	$	10.30	$	7.12	$	0.05
March 31, 2010	$	8.40	$	5.35	$	0.05
					$	0.25

DIVIDEND POLICY

The timing and amount of cash dividends paid to the Company’s common shareholders depends on the Company’s earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other relevant factors. The ability of the Company to pay cash dividends to common stockholders depends, in large part, upon its receipt of dividends from the Bank, because the Company has limited sources of income other than dividends from the Bank and earnings from the investment of stock issuance proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock retained by the Company. There were no dividends paid from the Bank to the Company during the fiscal year of 2011. For a description of the regulatory restrictions on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company, see “Item 1. Business—How We Are Regulated-Pacific Trust Bank.”

The terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock impose limits on the ability of the Company to pay dividends and repurchase shares of common stock. Under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock, no repurchases may be effected, and no dividends may be declared or paid on preferred shares ranking pari passu with the SBLF Preferred Stock, junior preferred shares, or other junior securities (including the common stock) during the current quarter and for the next three quarters following the failure to declare and pay dividends on the SBLF Preferred Stock, except that, in any such quarter in which the dividend is paid, dividend payments on shares ranking pari passu may be paid to the extent necessary to avoid any resulting material covenant breach.

Under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock, the Company may only declare and pay a dividend on the common stock or other stock junior to the SBLF Preferred Stock, or repurchase shares of any such class or series

43

of stock, if, after payment of such dividend, or after giving effect to such repurchase, (i) the dollar amount of the Company’s Tier 1 Capital would be at least equal to the “Tier 1 Dividend Threshold” and (ii) full dividends on all outstanding shares of SBLF Preferred Stock for the most recently completed dividend period have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid. As of December 31, 2011, we satisfied this condition.

The “Tier 1 Dividend Threshold” means 90% of (A) $159,588,000 (the Company’s consolidated Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2011) plus (B) $32,000,000 (the aggregate liquidation amount of the SBLF Preferred Stock issued) minus (C) the net amount of loans charged off by the Bank since August 30, 2011. The Tier 1 Dividend Threshold is subject to reduction, beginning on the first day of the eleventh dividend period following the date of issuance of the SBLF Preferred Stock, by $3,200,000 (ten percent of the aggregate liquidation amount of the Series A Preferred Stock initially issued, without regard to any subsequent partial redemptions) for each one percent increase in qualified small business lending from the baseline level under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock (i.e., $36,082,000) to the ninth dividend period.

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The following table sets forth information for the three months ended December 31, 2011 with respect to repurchases by the Company of its common stock:

Period	Total # of shares Purchased		Average price paid per share		Total # of shares purchased as part of a publicly announced program		Maximum # of shares that may yet be purchased
10/1/11-10/31/11		—		—		—		0
11/1/11-11/30/11		—		—		—		0
12/1/11-12/31/11		4,906	$	10.43		—		1,000,000

The Company currently has a stock buyback plan, however, purchases made by the Company during the year were tax liability sales related to employee stock benefit plans and are consistent with past practices.

44

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table sets forth certain consolidated financial and other data of the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included herein at Item 7 and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included herein at Item 8.

	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Selected Financial Condition Data:
Total assets	$	999,041		$	861,621		$	893,921		$	876,520		$	774,720
Cash and cash equivalents		44,475			59,100			34,596			19,237			21,796
Loans receivable, net		775,609			678,175			748,303			793,045			710,095
Real estate owned, net		14,692			6,562			5,680			158			—
Securities available-for-sale		101,616			64,790			52,304			17,565			4,367
Bank owned life insurance		18,451			18,151			17,932			17,565			17,042
Other investments (interest-bearing term deposit)		—			—			—			893			992
FHLB stock		6,972			8,323			9,364			9,364			6,842
Deposits		786,334			646,308			658,432			598,177			574,151
Total borrowings		20,000			75,000			135,000			175,000			111,700
Total equity		184,495			136,009			97,485			98,723			84,075
Nonperforming loans		19,254			38,830			46,172			44,219			14,132
Nonperforming assets		33,946			45,392			51,852			44,377			14,132
Selected Operations Data:
Total interest income		35,177			40,944			46,666			45,896			45,711
Total interest expense		6,037			10,788			17,976			23,021			28,847
Net interest income		29,140			30,156			28,690			22,875			16,864
Provision for loan losses		5,388			8,957			17,296			13,547			1,588
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		23,752			21,199			11,394			9,328			15,276
Customer service fees		1,473			1,336			1,383			1,579			1,573
Net gain on sales of securities available-for-sale		2,888			3,274			—			—			—
Income from bank owned life insurance		300			219			369			540			711
Other non-interest income		252			50			61			83			107
Total non-interest income		4,913			4,879			1,813			2,202			2,391
Total non-interest expense		31,689			22,217			15,901			13,522			14,082
Income/(loss) before income taxes		(3,024	)		3,861			(2,694	)		(1,992	)		3,585
Income tax expense/(benefit)		(296	)		1,036			(1,695	)		(1,463	)		624
Net income/(loss)		(2,728	)		2,825			(999	)		(529	)		2,961
Dividends paid on preferred stock and discount accretion		534			960			1,003			109			—
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders		(3,262	)		1,865			(2,002	)		(638	)		2,961
Basic earnings/(loss) per common share		(0.31	)		0.37			(0.48	)		(0.15	)		0.71
Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share		(0.31	)		0.37			(0.48	)		(0.15	)		0.70
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
Performance Ratios:
Return on assets (ratio of net income/(loss) to average total assets)		(0.31	)%		0.32	%		(0.10	)%		(0.06	)%		0.38	%
Return on equity (ratio of net income/(loss) to average equity)		(1.70	)%		2.69	%		(0.66	)%		(0.62	)%		3.54	%
Dividend payout ratio (ratio of dividends declared per common share to basic earnings per common share)		n/a	*		67.6	%		n/a	*		n/a	*		104.2	%
Interest Rate Spread Information:
Average during year		3.44	%		3.59	%		3.26	%		2.64	%		1.89	%
End of year		3.34	%		3.56	%		3.34	%		2.75	%		2.18	%
Net interest margin(1)		3.53	%		3.67	%		3.38	%		2.92	%		2.27	%
Ratio of operating expense to average total assets		3.54	%		2.51	%		1.65	%		1.64	%		1.81	%
Efficiency ratio(2)		93.06	%		63.41	%		52.13	%		53.92	%		73.13	%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities		113.51	%		106.15	%		105.51	%		109.36	%		109.84	%

* Not applicable due to the net loss reported for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2009 and 2008.

45

	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
	(In thousands)
Quality Ratios:
Non-performing assets to total assets		3.40	%		5.27	%		5.80	%		4.33	%		1.82	%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans(3)		66.38	%		37.70	%		28.33	%		48.33	%		44.16	%
Allowance for loan losses to gross loans(3)		1.62	%		2.12	%		1.72	%		2.26	%		0.87	%
Capital Ratios:
Equity to total assets at end of year		18.47	%		15.79	%		10.91	%		11.26	%		10.85	%
Average equity to average assets		17.90	%		11.87	%		15.72	%		10.45	%		10.71	%
Other Data:
Number of full-service offices		9			6			6			6			6

(1) Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

(2) Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense as a percentage of net interest income plus noninterest income.

(3) The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $12.8 million, $14.6 million, $13.1 million, $18.3 million and $6.2 million, respectively.

46

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Executive Management Overview

This overview of management’s discussion and analysis highlights selected information in the financial results of the Company and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document. Each of these items could have an impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. is a savings and loan holding company that owns one thrift institution, Pacific Trust Bank. As a unitary thrift holding company, First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. activities are limited to banking, securities, insurance and financial services-related activities. Pacific Trust Bank is a federally chartered stock savings bank, in continuous operation since 1941 as a successful financial institution. The Company is headquartered in Irvine, California, a suburb of San Diego, California, and has nine full service and four limited service banking offices primarily serving residents of San Diego, Los Angeles, Orange and Riverside Counties in California. The Company’s geographic market for loans and deposits is principally San Diego, Los Angeles, Orange and Riverside counties.

On November 1, 2010, the Company completed a private placement of common stock to select institutional and other accredited investors providing the Company with aggregate gross proceeds of $60.0 million. In connection with the private placement the Company issued warrants that are exercisable for a total of 1,635,000 shares of non-voting Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.00 per share. The private placement enabled the Company to repurchase the 19,300 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock Series A that was issued to the U.S. Department of Treasury on November 21, 2008 pursuant to the “TARP”, Troubled Asset Relief Program’s Capital Purchase Program. The Company redeemed the $19.3 million of Series A Preferred Stock that had been issued to the U.S. Treasury on December 15, 2010. In January 2011, the Company repurchased 280,795 warrants with a strike price of $10.31 which were issued to the United States Department of the Treasury in connection with TARP. These warrants were purchased for $1.0 million, or $3.58 per warrant. The Company raised additional capital in several transactions during 2011. In June 2011, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of its common stock, as well as a concurrent offering of common stock to several existing investors of the Company, that resulted in aggregate gross proceeds of $28.2 million (including shares sold in connection with the underwriters’ partial exercise of their overallotment option in July 2011). In August 2011, the Company received a preferred stock investment of $32.0 million from the U.S. Department of the Treasury pursuant to the Small Business Lending Fund Program.

The Company’s principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing these funds and other borrowings in loans primarily secured by first mortgages on owner-occupied, one-to four-family residences and commercial real estate loans in San Diego, Los Angeles, Orange and Riverside counties, California. During 2005, the Company introduced a new lending product called the “Green Account”, a fully transactional flexible mortgage account. The Company originated $61.7 million in Green Account loans in 2011. At December 31, 2011, one- to four-family residential mortgage first trust deed loans totaled $546.8 million, or 69.5% of our gross loan portfolio including the portion of the Company’s Green Account home equity loan portfolio that are first trust deeds. If the home equity Green Account loans in first position are excluded, total one- to four-family residential mortgage loans totaled $323.5 million, or 41.09% of our gross loan portfolio.

The Company continues to develop strong deposit relationships with customers by providing quality service while offering a variety of competitive deposit products. During 2007, the Company introduced commercial deposit accounts and had a total of $183.5 million of commercial deposit accounts at December 31, 2011. Net core deposits including checking, savings and money market deposit accounts “MMDA” accounts increased by $42.1 million, while total net deposits increased $140.0 million during 2011 due primarily to increased MMDA accounts and certificate of deposit accounts as the Bank further expanded its branch network during the year.

47

The Company’s results of operations are dependent primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on earning assets such as loans and securities, and interest expense paid on liabilities such as deposits and borrowings. The Company’s net interest income, which is primarily driven by interest income on residential first mortgage loans, decreased by $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decline in interest rate levels experienced throughout the year negatively impacted loan interest income, but, positively contributed to a significant reduction in the Company’s cost of funds. The Company’s net interest margin declined by 14 basis points from 3.67% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 3.53% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as a result of lower than planned loan origination volumes during the first half of 2011, which caused the reduction in the Company average loan balance for the year, and the sale of previously impaired higher yielding investment securities. The delay in loan origination volumes was due to the re-launching of the Company’s single family lending business and building of the commercial real estate lending platform.

The past year represented to be a challenging operating environment, as witnessed by the continued instability and high levels of foreclosures in the housing market coupled with continued high but declining levels of unemployment. Reduced availability of commercial and consumer credit have negatively affected the performance of consumer and commercial credit and resulted in write-downs of assets by financial institutions. As a result, the Company continues to have elevated levels of provisions for loan losses and non-performing loans, however improvement was seen in 2011. The Company experienced a decrease of $11.4 million in non-performing assets (including other real estate owned) over the prior year while the provision for loan losses decreased $3.6 million over the prior year. Other real estate owned increased during the year, as the Company has continued to work out its problem loans. The Company expects that the economic pressures on consumers and businesses and a lack of confidence in the financial markets may continue to adversely affect the Company’s results of operations in the coming year. Future earnings of the Company are inherently tied to changes in interest rate levels, the relationship between short and long term interest rates, credit quality, and economic trends. If short term interest rates continue to decrease, the Company’s interest expense on deposits will likely decrease at a faster pace than the interest income received on earning assets due to the relatively shorter term repricing characteristics of the Company’s deposits than the maturity or repricing characteristics of its loan portfolio. Conversely, if short term interest rates rise in the future interest expense paid on the Company’s deposits would increase at a faster pace than the interest income received on interest-earning assets which could negatively impact the Company’s results of operations over the short term. The Company currently intends to continue to focus on the origination of adjustable rate loan products while securing longer term deposits and borrowings.

In addition to striving for retail deposit growth, the primary on-going business focus will be continued improvement in customer service and origination of commercial real estate loan production. Future growth will be managed to ensure sound capital ratios are maintained while talking advantage of income enhancement opportunities. Given the current economic environment and resulting high non-performing loan balances, the Company will continue to focus on the timely resolution of non-performing assets. This will be coupled with efforts to further improve our efficiency ratio through controlling operating expenses, as well as exploring potential new sources of noninterest income.

The following is a discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial position and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the information set forth in Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk, and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing under Item 8 of this report.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010

The Company’s total assets increased by $137.4 million, or 15.9%, to $999.0 million at December 31, 2011 from $861.6 million at December 31, 2010 due primarily to an increase in the net loans receivable balance of $97.4 million, an increase in the balance of securities available-for-sale of $36.8 million, an increase of $8.1 million in other real estate owned assets, an increase of $7.5 million in other assets, and an increase of $4.2 million in premises and equipment, net. The increase in total assets was partially reduced by a decrease in total cash and cash equivalents of $14.6 million.

48

Loans receivable, net of valuation allowances, increased by $97.4 million, or 14.4%, to $775.6 million at December 31, 2011 from $678.2 million at December 31, 2010. This increase was the result of loan originations and loan purchases during the year. For the year ended December 31, 2011, loan production including advances drawn during the year was $199.1 million compared to $97.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The loan production was primarily attributable to growth in the Company’s commercial real estate loans which totaled $76.3 million and the Company’s transactional flexible Green Account loan product which totaled $61.7 million. At December 31, 2011, the Company had a total of $382.0 million in interest-only mortgage loans and $23.4 million in loans with potential for negative amortization. At December 31, 2010, the Company had a total of $423.4 million in interest-only mortgage loans, and $32.1 million in loans with potential for negative amortization. Negatively amortizing and interest-only loans could pose a higher credit risk because of the lack of principal amortization and potential for negative amortization. However, management believes these risks are mitigated through the Company’s loan terms and underwriting standards, including its policies on loan-to-value ratios. The Company has not originated negatively amortizing loans since March, 2006.

Securities classified as available-for-sale of $101.6 million at December 31, 2011 increased $36.8 million from December 31, 2010. Municipal and private label mortgage-backed securities totaling $129.0 million were purchased during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. In addition, the Company sold securities for $62.8 million and recognized a net gain on sale of $2.9 million during the period. As interest rates fell to historic low levels which resulted in increases in market prices for its securities, the Company took the opportunity to divest several of its private label residential mortgage-backed securities that had been purchased in early 2011 and earlier periods.

Cash and cash equivalents decreased $14.6 million to $44.5 million, or 24.7% at December 31, 2011 from $59.1 million at December 31, 2010. Cash and cash equivalents were reduced by an increase in net loan receivable balances of $97.4 million, maturing FHLB advances totaling $55.0 million and investment purchases (net of sales during the period) totaling $66.2 million. Cash and cash equivalents were increased by an increase in time and core deposits of $140.0 million, the completion of the common stock offering with net proceeds totaling $27.0 million and $31.9 million of net proceeds received from the issuance of preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury related to participation in their Small Business Loan Fund Program.

Premises and equipment of $10.6 million at December 31, 2011 increased $4.2 million from December 31, 2010 as a direct result of newly acquired buildings in La Jolla and San Marcos, California to serve as additional branches for the Company in 2011.

Total deposits increased by $140.0 million, or 21.7%, to $786.3 million at December 31, 2011 from $646.3 million at December 31, 2010. Money market accounts increased $99.0 million, certificate of deposits increased $97.9 million, and interest bearing demand accounts increased $23.7 million. Growth was achieved primarily from the opening of three new branches during the period as well as the formation of new customer relationships and the attraction of additional funds from existing customers. The Bank completed the opening of a new branch in La Jolla, California in early March, a new branch in San Marcos, California during June, 2011, and a new branch in Century City (Los Angeles), California in November, 2011. The Company expects to open two additional branch locations in Santa Monica, California and Tustin, California in the first quarter of 2012.

During 2011, the Company had $55.0 million of long term FHLB advances mature resulting in a 73.3% decrease in total FHLB advances to $20.0 million at December 31, 2011 from $75.0 million at December 31, 2010. The remaining $20.0 million of advances have an average current yield of 1.79% and mature in 2012. The maturing advances have been replaced by deposits. The Company anticipates increasing the use of FHLB advances in the near term as part of its funding plan for asset growth.

Total shareholders’ equity increased $48.5 million, or 35.6% to $184.5 million at December 31, 2011 from $136.0 million at December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to the net proceeds of $31.9 million from the issuance of preferred stock related to the Small Business Lending Fund in August, 2011 and net proceeds of $27.0 million from the common stock offering in June, 2011. Additionally, total shareholders’ equity was decreased due to the payment of dividends to holders of common stock of $4.4 million, a $3.5 million decline in the fair value of securities available-for-sale, net of tax (primarily due to security sales during the period), a net loss of $2.7 million, and the payment of preferred stock dividends of $534 thousand.

49

Average Balances, Net Interest Income, Yields Earned and Rates Paid

The following table presents for the periods indicated the total dollar amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resultant yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates. Also presented is the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets, rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, net interest margin and the resultant net interest spread at December 31, 2011. No tax equivalent adjustments were made. All average balances are monthly average balances. Non-accruing loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.

	At December 31, 2011			2011								2010								2009
	Average Yield/ Cost			Average Balance			Interest		Average Yield/ Cost			Average Balance			Interest		Average Yield/ Cost			Average Balance			Interest		Average Yield/ Cost
	(Dollars in thousands)
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS
Loans receivable(1)		4.37	%	$	681,956		$	30,997		4.55	%	$	709,306		$	35,439		5.00	%	$	780,127		$	42,312		5.42	%
Securities(2)		3.06	%		82,307			3,963		4.81	%		63,734			5,289		8.30	%		39,941			4,266		10.68	%
Other interest-earning assets(3)		0.42	%		60,130			217		0.36	%		49,485			216		0.44	%		28,141			88		0.31	%
Total interest-earning assets		4.03	%		824,393			35,177		4.27	%		822,525			40,944		4.98	%		848,209			46,666		5.50	%
BOLI and non-interest earning assets(4)					69,754								63,079								115,708
Total assets				$	894,147							$	885,604							$	963,917
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
NOW		0.25	%	$	65,463			81		0.12	%	$	57,681			108		0.19	%	$	54,603			202		0.37	%
Money market		0.32	%		104,981			306		0.29	%		91,146			573		0.63	%		88,147			815		0.92	%
Savings		0.11	%		117,388			319		0.27	%		125,447			783		0.62	%		117,255			1,429		1.22	%
Certificates of deposit		0.92	%		398,497			4,283		1.07	%		406,015			6,469		1.59	%		385,366			10,353		2.69	%
FHLB advances		1.79	%		39,918			1,048		2.63	%		94,548			2,855		3.02	%		158,549			5,177		3.27	%
Total interest-bearing liabilities		0.69	%		726,247			6,037		0.83	%		774,837			10,788		1.39	%		803,920			17,976		2.24	%
Non-interest-bearing liabilities					7,837								5,676								8,488
Total liabilities					734,084								780,513								812,408
Total shareholders’ equity					160,063								105,091								151,509
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity				$	894,147							$	885,604							$	963,917
Net interest income/spread		3.34	%				$	29,140		3.44	%				$	30,156		3.59	%				$	28,690		3.26	%
Net interest margin(5)										3.53	%							3.67	%							3.38	%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities					113.51	%							106.15	%							105.51	%

(1) Calculated net of deferred fees, and premiums/discounts.

(2) Calculated based on amortized cost.

(3) Includes FHLB stock at cost and term deposits with other financial institutions.

(4) Includes BOLI investment of $18.5 million, $18.2 million and $17.9 million at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

(5) Net interest income divided by interest-earning assets.

50

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (1) changes in volume, which are changes in volume multiplied by the old rate, and (2) changes in rate, which are changes in rate multiplied by the old volume. Changes attributable to both rate and volume which cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

	2011 Compared to 2010									2010 Compared to 2009
	Total Change			Change Due To Volume			Change Due To Rate			Total Change			Change Due To Volume			Change Due To Rate
	(In Thousands)
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS
Loans receivable	$	(4,442	)	$	(1,330	)	$	(3,112	)	$	(6,873	)	$	(3,679	)	$	(3,194	)
Securities		(1,326	)		1,276			(2,602	)		1,023			2,129			(1,106	)
Other interest-earning assets		1			42			(41	)		128			84			44
Total interest-earning assets		(5,767	)		(12	)		(5,755	)		(5,722	)		(1,466	)		(4,256	)
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
NOW		(27	)		13			(40	)		(94	)		11			(105	)
Money market		(267	)		77			(344	)		(242	)		27			(269	)
Savings		(464	)		(47	)		(417	)		(646	)		94			(740	)
Certificates of deposit		(2,186	)		(118	)		(2,068	)		(3,884	)		528			(4,412	)
FHLB advances		(1,807	)		(1,474	)		(333	)		(2,322	)		(1,957	)		(365	)
Total interest-bearing liabilities		(4,751	)		(1,549	)		(3,202	)		(7,188	)		(1,297	)		(5,891	)
Net interest income	$	(1,016	)	$	1,537		$	(2,553	)	$	1,466		$	(169	)	$	1,635

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

General. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $2.7 million, reflecting a decrease of $5.6 million from net income of $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease resulted from the fluctuations described below.

Interest Income. Interest income decreased by $5.8 million, or 14.1%, to $35.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, from $40.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as described below.

Interest income on loans decreased $4.4 million, or 12.5% to $31.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $35.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The primary factor for the decrease was a 45 basis point reduction in the average yield on loans receivable to 4.55% due to a general decline in market interest rates from the prior period and a $27.4 million decrease in the average balances of loans receivable from $709.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $682.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This was due to principal repayments, loan charge-offs and foreclosures exceeding loan production.

Interest income on securities decreased $1.3 million to $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This decrease was primarily due to the sale of higher yielding securities at a net gain of $2.9 million during 2011. The average yield earned on securities declined to 4.81% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to 8.30% for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Interest income on other interest-earning assets increased $1 thousand to $217 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $216 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily due to increased interest income received on interest-bearing deposits.

51

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $4.8 million or 44.0%, to $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Interest expense on deposits decreased $2.9 million, or 37.1%, to $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $7.9 million for 2010. Although the average balance of deposits increased $6.0 million from $680.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $686.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company’s overall average cost of deposits decreased 44 basis points to 0.73% from 1.17% from the prior period. This decline in the Company’s cost of deposits reflects the overall decrease in short term market interest rates.

Interest expense on FHLB advances decreased $1.8 million, or 63.3% to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $2.9 million for the year ending December 31, 2010. This decrease was due to a $54.6 reduction in the average balances of advances, as well as a 39 basis point reduction in the average rate paid from 3.02% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 2.63% for the year ended December 31, 2011 due to the maturity of $55.0 million of higher cost FHLB advances during 2011.

Net Interest Income. As a result of the combined effect of the factors mentioned above, net interest income before the provision for loan losses decreased $1.0 million, or 3.4%, to $29.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $30.2 million for the year ending December 31, 2010. The Company’s net interest margin declined from 3.67% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 3.53% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Provision for Loan Losses. The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable incurred losses presently inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is based on ongoing assessments of the estimated probable losses presently inherent in the loan portfolio. In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan losses, management considers the types of loans and the amount of loans in the loan portfolio, peer group information, historical loss experience, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. The Company currently takes into account many factors, including the Company’s own historical and peer loss trends, loan-level credit quality ratings, loan specific attributes along with a review of various credit metrics and trends. In addition, the Company uses adjustments for numerous factors including those found in the Interagency Guidance on Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses, which include current economic conditions, loan seasoning, underwriting experience, and collateral value changes among others. The Company evaluates all impaired loans individually, primarily through the evaluation of cash flows or collateral values. Management uses available information to recognize loan losses, however, future loan loss provisions may be necessary based on changes in the above mentioned factors. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses and may require the Bank to recognize additional provisions based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination. The allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2011 was maintained at a level that represented management’s best estimate of incurred losses in the loan portfolio to the extent they were both probable and reasonably estimable as of the balance sheet date. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available or as future events change.

52

The following table presents the activity and balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans, excluding accrued interest receivable and net deferred loan costs as they are not considered to be material, by portfolio segment and is based on the impairment method for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011. Total accrued interest receivable and net deferred loan costs totaled $3.3 million and $1.1 million at December 31, 2011, respectively.

	Construction			Commercial and Industrial			Commercial Real Estate Mortgage			Multi- family			Land			Real Estate 1-4 family first mortgage			Real Estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage			Other Revolving Credit			TOTAL
Balance as of December 31, 2006	$	69		$	17		$	225		$	305		$	85		$	3,503			—		$	466		$	4,670
Charge-offs		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			(24	)		(24	)
Recoveries		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			6			6
Provision		1,633			582			125			(143	)		111			(417	)		42			(345	)		1,588
Balance as of December 31, 2007		1,702			599			350			162			196			3,086			42			103			6,240
Charge-offs		—			(647	)		—			—			—			(461	)		(197	)		(246	)		(1,551	)
Recoveries		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			50			50
Provision		7,175			82			287			694			2,681			2,240			216			172			13,547
Balance as of December 31, 2008		8,877			34			637			856			2,877			4,865			61			79			18,286
Charge-offs		(12,557	)		—			—			—			(6,266	)		(3,230	)		(414	)		(38	)		(22,505	)
Recoveries		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			2			2
Provision		3,680			(17	)		105			618			4,737			7,152			765			256			17,296
Balance as of December 31, 2009		—			17			742			1,474			1,348			8,787			412			299			13,079
Charge-offs		—			—			—			—			(2,695	)		(4,747	)		(47	)		(42	)		(7,531	)
Recoveries		—			—			—			—			6			92			14			20			132
Provision		—			33			(410	)		915			2,408			6,059			(121	)		73			8,957
Balance as of December 31, 2010		—			50			332			2,389			1,067			10,191			258			350			14,637
Charge-offs		—			—			—			(2,136	)		(1,899	)		(3,276	)		(66	)		(135	)		(7,512	)
Recoveries		—			—			—			68			24			165			—			10			267
Provision		—			78			1,666			1,220			1,044			1,555			(82	)		(93	)		5,388
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	—		$	128		$	1,998		$	1,541		$	236		$	8,635		$	110		$	132		$	12,780

Provisions for loan losses are charged to operations at a level required to reflect probable incurred credit losses in the loan portfolio. A provision for loan losses of $5.4 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to a $9.0 million provision for loan losses recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010. During 2011, the Company reduced specific allocations by $649 thousand or 14.9% for

53

impaired loans as well as reduced general allowance allocations on non- impaired loans by $1.2 million. The specific allocations for non-impaired loans were reduced as a result of a $22.4 million or 44.9% reduction in the volume of impaired loans from $49.9 million at December 31, 2010 to $27.5 million at December 31, 2011.

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income remained relatively unchanged and was $4.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $9.5 million, or 42.6%, to $31.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This net increase was primarily due to the payout of change of control benefits to executive officers which increased salaries and employee benefits expense by $1.1 million, an additional $2.9 million increase in other salaries and employee benefits expense, a $2.2 million increase in the valuation allowance for other real estate owned assets, a $1.2 million increase in professional fees, a $934 thousand increase in occupancy and equipment expense, a $428 thousand increase in the loss on sale of other real estate owned assets, a $354 thousand increase in other general and administrative expenses and a $245 thousand increase in advertising expenses. Noninterest expense was reduced by a $358 thousand decline in FDIC insurance premiums.

Salaries and employee benefits expense represented 43.9% and 44.4% of total noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Total salaries and employee benefits increased $4.0 million, or 41.0%, to $13.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $9.9 million in 2010, primarily due to $1.1 million of change of control agreement payments as well as $2.9 million of other increases due to the hiring of new officers, production personnel and support staff needed to execute the Company’s growth strategy, as well as normal annual compensation and benefits expense increases.

Valuation allowances for other real estate owned (“OREO”) expense increased $2.2 million, or 80.8%, to $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This was related to a large allowance established on three land loans taken into other real estate owned in 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company disposed of $9.8 million in OREO at a net loss of $760 thousand, while charging off $4.1 million on new or existing OREO valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s OREO balances totaled $14.7 million, net of a $4.1 million valuation allowance (1.5% of total assets), compared to $6.6 million, net of a $3.4 million valuation allowance (0.8% of total assets) as of December 31, 2010.

Total professional fees increased $1.2 million, or 124.0% to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $947 thousand for 2010, due to increased consulting and legal fees related to due-diligence costs associated with strategic plans as well as increased professional fees resulting from the issuance of additional common and preferred equity securities during the year as well as increased executive search fees due to the recruitment of additional executive officers to implement the Company’s growth strategy.

Occupancy and equipment expenses increased $934 thousand, or 48.8% to $2.8 million for the year ending December 31, 2011 from $1.9 million for the year ending December 31, 2010 primarily due to increased building and equipment maintenance expense related to the newly acquired branch locations during the period. The Company opened an office in La Jolla, California during the first quarter of 2011, a new branch location in San Marcos, California in the second quarter of 2011, and a new branch location in (Century City) Los Angeles, California in the fourth quarter of 2011.

Other general and administrative expenses increased $354 thousand, or 24.8% to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.4 million for 2010 primarily due to increased other operating expenses related to the growth of the Company.

54

Advertising expenses increased $245 thousand, or 105.6% to $477 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $232 thousand for 2010 due to increased marketing efforts and radio ads during the period to help achieve the growth in deposits for 2011.

FDIC insurance expenses decreased $358 thousand to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.6 million for 2010. FDIC expenses decreased due to a decline in the multiplier used for FDIC assessments.

Income Tax Expense/(Benefit). A $1.3 million valuation allowance was charged against the Company’s deferred tax asset during 2011 which resulted in only a $296 thousand income tax benefit on the $3.0 million loss before income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011. The 9.8% effective tax rate for 2011 would have been 53.7%, if not for the establishment of the $1.3 million deferred tax asset valuation allowance.

As a result of the losses incurred in 2011 and 2009, the Company is in a three-year cumulative pretax loss position at December 31, 2011. This cumulative loss position is considered significant negative evidence in assessing the need to establish a $1.3 million valuation allowance for the net deferred tax asset (“DTA”). The Company has concluded that there is sufficient positive evidence to overcome the majority of this negative evidence. While significant positive evidence is present, management believes that given the weight of the evidence from the 3-year cumulative loss it is appropriate to establish a $1.3 million DTA valuation allowance as of December 31, 2011. See Note 15, Income Taxes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a additional disclosure.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

General. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $2.8 million, reflecting an increase of $3.8 million from a net loss of $999 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase resulted from the fluctuations described below.

Interest Income. Interest income decreased by $5.7 million, or 12.3%, to $40.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $46.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This was due to a 52 basis point decrease in the average yield on average interest-earning assets from 5.50% for 2009 to 4.98% for 2010 and a $25.7 million decrease in average interest-earning assets from $848.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $822.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Interest income on securities increased $1.0 million to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was primarily due to a $23.8 million increase in the average balance of the securities portfolio as a result of the Company purchasing $29.1 million of agency and private label residential mortgage-backed securities during the period.

Interest income on loans decreased $6.9 million, or 16.2% to $35.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $42.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The primary factor for the decrease was a $70.8 million decrease in the average balances of loans receivable from $780.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $709.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This was due to principal repayments, loan charge-offs and foreclosures exceeding loan production. The decrease in interest income on loans receivable was further reduced by a 42 basis point reduction in the average yield on loans receivable to 5.00% due to a general decline in market interest rates from the prior period. A $2.0 million increase in the average balance of non-accrual loans on which the Company ceased to accrue interest during the period also contributed to the decline in loan interest income.

Interest income on other interest-earning assets increased $128 thousand to $216 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $88 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily due to increased interest income received on interest-bearing deposits. The average balance of other interest-earning assets increased $21.3 million during the period from $28.1 million at December 31, 2009 to $49.5 million at December 31, 2010.

55

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $7.2 million or 40.0%, to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $18.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Interest expense on deposits decreased $4.9 million, or 38.0%, to $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $12.8 million for 2009. Although the average balance of interest-bearing deposits increased $34.9 million from $645.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $680.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company’s overall average cost of interest-bearing deposits decreased 81 basis points to 1.17% from 1.98% from the prior period. Interest expense on FHLB advances decreased $2.3 million, or 44.9% to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $5.2 million for the year ending December 31, 2009. This decrease was primarily due to a reduction in the average balances of advances, as well as a reduction in the average rate paid. The average balance of the Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased $64.0 million from $158.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $94.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 due to the maturity of $60.0 million of FHLB advances during the period. Rates paid on advances also decreased by an average of 25 basis points due to the maturity of higher rate advances.

Net Interest Income. As a result of the combined effect of the factors mentioned above, net interest income before the provision for loan losses increased $1.5 million, or 5.1%, to $30.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $28.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2009. Due to the substantial decline in the Company’s cost of funds as a result of the decrease in short term market interest rates, the Company’s margins have increased over the prior period with the net interest spread increasing 33 basis points to 3.59%, and the net interest margin increasing 29 basis points to 3.67%.

Provision for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2010 was maintained at a level that represented management’s best estimate of incurred losses in the loan portfolio to the extent they were both probable and reasonably estimable as of the balance sheet date. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available or as future events change.

Provisions for loan losses are charged to operations at a level required to reflect probable incurred credit losses in the loan portfolio. In this regard, as of December 31, 2010, approximately 95% of the Company’s loans were to individuals and businesses in Southern California. California, in general, and more specifically, San Diego and Riverside Counties, continues to be among the most distressed real estate markets in the country. A provision for loan losses of $9.0 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to a $17.3 million provision for loan losses recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decline in the provision was related primarily to large provisions taken for two impaired construction loans in the prior year as well as a decline in the Company’s nonperforming loans in 2010. Continued elevated provision levels reflect the depressed housing markets, continued high levels of unemployment, the overall challenging economic environment, and the resulting increase in the Company’s general reserve factors on all loan products during the period. The net charge-offs for 2010 of $7.4 million consisted primarily of specific valuation allowances charge-off for various one-to four- residential first trust deed properties and two land loans. During 2010 the Company charged-off any specific loan allowances that had been outstanding for at least 180 days and any others that management deemed as loss.

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income increased $3.1 million, or 169.1%, to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily due to a gain on sale of available-for-sale securities totaling $3.3 million in 2010.

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $6.3 million, or 39.7%, to $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This net increase was primarily the result of a $3.4 million increase in salaries and employee benefits, of which $1.6 million was primarily attributable to the payment of change of control payments to certain executives of the Bank, and $1.4 million in additional payments to certain directors and officers in connection with the cancellation of 482,396 options previously issued by the Company, a $2.0 million increase in valuation allowance for other real estate owned, a $383 thousand increase in professional fees, a $253 thousand increase in loss on sale of other real estate owned, and a $356 thousand increase in other general and administrative expenses.

56

Salaries and employee benefits represented 44.4% and 40.9% of total noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Total salaries and employee benefits increased $3.4 million, or 51.7%, to $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $6.5 million for the same period in 2009, primarily due to retention payments and option payouts noted above.

Total professional fees increased $383 thousand, or 67.9% to $947 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $564 thousand for the same period in 2009, due to increased legal and consulting fees related to the expansion and restructuring of the Company.

Valuation allowances for other real estate owned (“OREO”) increased $2.0 million, or 282.7%, to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $700 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009, due to a reduction in carrying values of OREO. Additionally, a $332 thousand loss on sale of OREO was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to only $79 thousand for the prior year.

Other general and administrative expenses increased $356 thousand, or 33.3% to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $1.1 million for the same period in 2009 primarily due to increased provisions for loss on unused lines of credit.

Income Tax Expense/(Benefit). An income tax expense of $1.0 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010. The effective tax rate of 26.8% for the current year was in accordance with the guidelines of ASC 740 and reflects an 11.3% reduction due to the application of California housing fund investment credits.

Critical Accounting Policies

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses, increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by charge-offs less recoveries. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, peer group information, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed.

The Company believes that the allowance for loan losses and related provision expense are particularly susceptible to change in the near term, as a result of changes in the credit quality, which are evidenced by charge-offs and nonperforming loan trends. Changes in economic conditions, the mix and size of the loan portfolio and individual borrower conditions can dramatically impact the level of allowance for loan losses in relatively short periods of time. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that represents the best estimate of probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions or other factors. In addition, banking regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses. These regulatory agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Management evaluates current information and events regarding a borrower’s ability to repay its obligations and considers a loan to be impaired when the ultimate collectability of amounts due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, is in doubt. If an impaired loan is collateral-dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the amount of impairment. Impairment losses are included in the allowance for loan losses through a charge to the provision for loan losses. Subsequent recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan losses. Cash receipts for accruing loans are applied to principal and interest under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Cash receipts for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are applied first to principal and then to interest income, if there is no doubt that the principal balance is fully collectible.

57

Other Real Estate Owned. Foreclosed assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs. Management estimates the fair value of the properties based on current appraisal information. Fair value estimates are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the economic environment, market conditions, and real estate market. A worsening or protracted economic decline would increase the likelihood of a decline in property values and could create the need to write down the properties through current operations.

Securities. Under FASB Codification Topic 320 (ASC 320), Investments-Debt and Equity Securities, investment securities must be classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. Management determines the appropriate classification at the time of purchase. The classification of securities is significant since it directly impacts the accounting for unrealized gains and losses on securities. Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and the Company has the ability to hold the securities to maturity. Securities not classified as held-to-maturity are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, with the unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, reported in other comprehensive income/(loss) and do not affect earnings until realized unless a decline in fair value below amortized cost is considered to be other than temporarily impaired (OTTI).

The fair values of the Company’s securities are generally determined by reference to quoted prices from reliable independent sources utilizing observable inputs. Certain of the Company’s fair values of securities are determined using models whose significant value drivers or assumptions are unobservable and are significant to the fair value of the securities. These models are utilized when quoted prices are not available for certain securities or in markets where trading activity has slowed or ceased. When quoted prices are not available and are not provided by third party pricing services, management judgment is necessary to determine fair value. As such, fair value is determined using discounted cash flow analysis models, incorporating default rates, estimation of prepayment characteristics and implied volatilities.

The Company evaluates all securities on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic conditions warrant additional evaluations, for determining if other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) exists pursuant to guidelines established in ASC 320. In evaluating the possible impairment of securities, consideration is given to the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial conditions and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the ability and intent of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, the Company may consider whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies or government sponsored agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, and the results of reviews of the issuer’s financial condition.

If management determines that an investment experienced an OTTI, management must then determine the amount of the OTTI to be recognized in earnings. If management does not intend to sell the security and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period loss, the OTTI will be separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized in earnings. The amount of the OTTI related to other factors will be recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss), net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings will become the new amortized cost basis of the investment. If management intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss, the OTTI will be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. Any recoveries related to the value of these securities are recorded as an unrealized gain (as other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity) and not recognized in income until the security is ultimately sold.

The Company from time to time may dispose of an impaired security in response to asset/liability management decisions, future market movements, business plan changes, or if the net proceeds can be reinvested at a rate of return that is expected to recover the loss within a reasonable period of time.

58

Deferred Income Taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Deferred tax assets are also recognized for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Accounting guidance requires that companies assess whether a valuation allowance should be established against their deferred tax assets based on the consideration of all available evidence using a “more likely than not” standard.

The Company reviewed its net deferred tax assets (“DTA”) at December 31, 2011 and determined that a $1.3 million DTA valuation allowance was necessary. As a result of the losses incurred in 2011 and 2009, the Company is in a three-year cumulative pretax loss position at December 31, 2011. This cumulative loss position is considered significant negative evidence in assessing the need to establish a valuation allowance for the DTA. The Company has concluded that there is sufficient positive evidence to overcome this negative evidence. While significant positive evidence is present, management believes that given the weight of the evidence from the 3-year cumulative loss it is appropriate to establish a $1.3 million DTA valuation allowance as of December 31, 2011. See Note 15, Income Taxes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosures.

In each future accounting period, the Company will evaluate whether the accounting standards support a need for a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets. In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. In making decisions regarding any valuation allowance, the Company considers both positive and negative evidence and analyzes changes in near-term market conditions as well as other factors which may impact future operating results. The Company expects to utilize its deferred tax assets against taxable income in future periods. However, generally accepted accounting principles limit the extent to which a Company can utilize projections of future income to support recorded deferred tax assets. Although not anticipated, there can be no guarantee that a larger valuation allowance against our net deferred tax asset of $7.6 million as of December 31, 2011 will not be necessary in future periods. See additional discussion of these critical accounting policies in Note 1 of Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Liquidity and Commitments

The Bank is required to have enough liquid assets in order to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure a safe and sound operation. Liquidity may increase or decrease depending upon availability of funds and comparative yields on investments in relation to the return on loans. Historically, the Bank has maintained liquid assets above levels believed to be adequate to meet the requirements of normal operations, including potential deposit outflows. Cash flow projections are regularly reviewed and updated to ensure that adequate liquidity is maintained.

The Bank’s liquidity, represented by cash and cash equivalents and securities available for sale, is a product of its operating, investing, and financing activities. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are deposits, payments and maturities of outstanding loans and investment securities; and other short-term investments and funds provided from operations. While scheduled payments from the amortization of loans and mortgage-backed securities and maturing securities and short-term investments are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. In addition, the Bank invests excess funds in short-term interest-earning assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending requirements. The Bank also generates cash through borrowings. The Bank utilizes Federal Home Loan Bank advances to leverage its capital base, to provide funds for its lending activities, as a source of liquidity, and to enhance its interest rate risk management. The Bank also has the ability to obtain brokered certificates of deposit, however, historically the Bank has not issued significant amounts. The Bank has no brokered certificates of deposit at December 31, 2011, and has limited future total brokered deposits to $20.0 million.

59

Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management. Any excess liquidity would be invested in federal funds or authorized investments such as mortgage-backed or U.S. Agency securities. On a longer-term basis, the Bank maintains a strategy of investing in various lending products. The Bank uses its sources of funds primarily to meet its ongoing commitments, to pay maturing certificates of deposit and savings withdrawals, to fund loan commitments, and to maintain its portfolio of mortgage-backed securities and investment securities. At December 31, 2011, there were $1.6 million of approved loan origination commitments. At the same date, unused lines of credit were $42.7 million and outstanding letters of credit totaled $20 thousand. Certificates of deposit scheduled to mature in one year at December 31, 2011, totaled $338.2 million. Based on the competitive rates offered and on historical experience, management believes that a significant portion of maturing deposits will remain with the Bank. In addition, the Bank had the ability at December 31, 2011 to borrow an additional $130.3 million from the FHLB and $117.1 million from the Federal Reserve Bank to meet commitments and for liquidity purposes. The Bank has FHLB advances of $20.0 million maturing within the next 12 months. The Bank intends to replace these advances with new borrowings from the FHLB, Federal Reserve Bank or deposits depending on market conditions.

Commitments

	Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period
	Total Amounts Committed		One Year or Less		Over One Year Through Three Years		Over Three Years Through Five Years		Over Five Years
	(in thousands)
Commitments to extend credit	$	1,579	$	1,579	$	—	$	—	$	—
Standby letters of credit		20		—		—		—		20
Unused lines of credit		42,721		14		4,223		5,760		32,724
	$	44,320	$	1,593	$	4,223	$	5,760	$	32,744

	Contractual Obligations
	Total Amounts Committed		One Year or Less		Over One Year Through Three Years		Over Three Years Through Five Years		Over Five Years
	(in thousands)
FHLB advances	$	20,000	$	20,000	$	—	$	—	$	—
Operating lease obligations		16,442		2,107		4,269		4,097		5,969
Maturing certificates of deposit		469,883		338,162		117,594		14,127		—
	$	506,325	$	360,269	$	121,863	$	18,224	$	5,969

Capital

Consistent with its goals to operate a sound and profitable financial organization, Pacific Trust Bank actively seeks to maintain a “well capitalized” institution in accordance with regulatory standards. The Bank’s total equity was $127.9 million at December 31, 2011, or 13.00% of the Bank’s total assets on that date. As of December 31, 2011, Pacific Trust Bank exceeded all capital requirements of the OCC. Pacific Trust Bank’s regulatory capital ratios at December 31, 2011 were as follows: core capital 13.08%; Tier I risk-based capital, 17.34%; and total risk-based capital 18.56%. The regulatory capital requirements to be considered well capitalized are 5.0%, 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively. However, the Bank has committed to its regulatory agency to maintain core and risk-based capital ratios of 8.0% and 12.0% respectively, while the Bank is facing adverse market conditions.

60

Impact of Inflation

The consolidated financial statements presented herein have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These principles require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.

The Company’s primary assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on our performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates, however, do not necessarily move in the same direction or with the same magnitude as the price of goods and services, since such prices are affected by inflation. In a period of rapidly rising interest rates, the liquidity and maturities structures of our assets and liabilities are critical to the maintenance of acceptable performance levels.

The principal effect of inflation, as distinct from levels of interest rates, on earnings is in the area of noninterest expense. Such expense items as salaries and employee benefits and occupancy and equipment expense may be subject to increases as a result of inflation or deflation. An additional effect of inflation or deflation is the possible increase or decrease in the dollar value of the collateral securing loans that we have made. The Company is unable to determine the extent, if any, to which properties securing our loans have appreciated or depreciated in dollar value due to inflation or other economic conditions.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Please see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements set forth at Item 8 of this report.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Asset Liability Management

Our Risk When Interest Rates Change. The rates of interest we earn on assets and pay on liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Market interest rates change over time. Accordingly, our results of operations, like those of other financial institutions, are impacted by changes in interest rates and the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. The risk associated with changes in interest rates and our ability to adapt to these changes is known as interest rate risk and is our most significant market risk.

How We Measure Our Risk of Interest Rate Changes. As part of our attempt to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates and comply with applicable regulations, we monitor our interest rate risk. In monitoring interest rate risk we continually analyze and manage assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities, and their sensitivity to actual or potential changes in market interest rates.

In order to manage the potential for adverse effects of material and prolonged increases in interest rates on our results of operations, we adopted asset and liability management policies to better align the maturities and repricing terms of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. These policies are implemented by the asset and liability management committee. The asset and liability management committee is chaired by the treasurer and is comprised of members of our senior management. The asset and liability management committee establishes guidelines for and monitors the volume and mix of assets and funding sources taking into account relative costs and spreads, interest rate sensitivity and liquidity needs. The objectives are to manage assets and funding sources to produce results that are consistent with liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk and profitability goals. The asset and liability management committee meets periodically to review, among other things, economic conditions and interest rate outlook, current and projected liquidity needs and capital position, anticipated changes in the volume and mix of assets and liabilities and interest rate risk exposure limits versus current projections pursuant to our net present value of portfolio equity analysis. At each meeting, the asset and liability management committee recommends appropriate strategy changes based on this review. The treasurer or his designee is responsible for reviewing and reporting on the effects of the policy implementations and strategies to the board of directors on a monthly basis.

61

In order to manage our assets and liabilities and achieve the desired liquidity, credit quality, interest rate risk, profitability and capital targets, we have focused our strategies on:

• originating and purchasing adjustable-rate mortgage loans,

• originating shorter-term consumer loans,

• managing our deposits to establish stable deposit relationships,

• using FHLB advances to align maturities and repricing terms, and

• attempting to limit the percentage of fixed-rate loans in our portfolio.

At times, depending on the level of general interest rates, the relationship between long- and short-term interest rates, market conditions and competitive factors, the asset and liability management committee may determine to increase the Company’s interest rate risk position somewhat in order to maintain its net interest margin.

As part of its procedures, the asset and liability management committee regularly reviews interest rate risk by forecasting the impact of alternative interest rate environments on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity, which is defined as the net present value of an institution’s existing assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, and evaluating such impacts against the maximum potential changes in net interest income and market value of portfolio equity that are authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company.

The following tables present the projected change in the Bank’s net portfolio value at December 31, 2011 (the latest date for which information is available) and December 31, 2010, that would occur upon an immediate change in interest rates based on Office of Thrift Supervision assumptions, but without giving effect to any steps that management might take to counteract that change. The net portfolio value analysis was unable to produce results for the minus 200 basis point scenario for both years.

Change in Interest Rates in Basis Points (“bp”) (Rate Shock in Rates)(1)	December 31, 2011								Net Portfolio Value as % of PV of  Assets
	Net Portfolio Value
	$ Amount		$ Change			% Change			NPV Ratio			Change
+300 bp		135,580		(19,823	)		(13	)%		13.78	%		(157	)bp
+200 bp		143,538		(11,864	)		(8	)%		14.43	%		(92	)bp
+100 bp		148,932		(6,471	)		(4	)%		14.84	%		50	bp
0 bp		155,403		—			—			15.34	%		0	bp
-100 bp		158,563		3,160			2	%		15.59	%		25	bp
Change in Interest Rates in Basis Points (“bp”) (Rate Shock in Rates)(1)	December 31, 2010								Net Portfolio Value as % of PV of Assets
	Net Portfolio Value
	$ Amount		$ Change			% Change			NPV Ratio			Change
+300 bp		116,963		(10,799	)		(8	)%		13.35	%		(92	)bp
+200 bp		123,860		(3,902	)		(3	)%		13.98	%		(29	)bp
+100 bp		126,649		(1,113	)		(1	)%		14.21	%		(6	)bp
0 bp		127,762								14.27	%		0	bp
-100 bp		128,022		260			(0	)%		14.27	%		(17	)bp

(1) Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.

The tables reflect certain assumptions relating to interest rates, loan prepayment rates, deposit decay rates, and the market values of certain assets under differing interest rate scenarios, among others.

62

As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the foregoing tables. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable rate mortgage loans, have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Further, if interest rates change, expected rates of prepayments on loans and early withdrawals from certificates of deposit could deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the tables. For the fourth quarter, the Bank’s sensitivity measure was at 25 basis points for the rates down 100 basis points scenario.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

Irvine, California

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING	64
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM	65
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION	66
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS	67
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY	68
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS	70
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	71

63

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention of overriding controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, has been audited by Crowe Horwath LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm.

/s/    Gregory A. Mitchell	/s/    Marangal I. Domingo
Gregory A. Mitchell President and Chief Executive Officer	Marangal I. Domingo Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

64

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors

First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.

Irvine, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

/s/    Crowe Horwath LLP

Crowe Horwath LLP

Costa Mesa, California

March 30, 2012

65

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

December 31, 2011 and 2010

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks	$	6,755		$	5,371
Interest-bearing deposits		37,720			53,729
Total cash and cash equivalents		44,475			59,100
Securities available for sale		101,616			64,790
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost		6,972			8,323
Loans, net of allowance of $12,780 at December 31, 2011 and $14,637 at December 31, 2010		775,609			678,175
Accrued interest receivable		3,569			3,531
Other real estate owned, net		14,692			6,562
Premises and equipment, net		10,585			6,344
Bank owned life insurance investment		18,451			18,151
Prepaid FDIC assessment		2,405			3,521
Other assets		20,667			13,124
Total assets	$	999,041		$	861,621
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing demand	$	20,039		$	15,171
Interest-bearing demand		68,578			44,860
Money market accounts		188,658			89,708
Savings accounts		39,176			124,620
Certificates of deposit		469,883			371,949
Total deposits		786,334			646,308
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank		20,000			75,000
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		8,212			4,304
Total liabilities		814,546			725,612
Commitments and contingent liabilities		—			—
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred stock, $.01 par value per share, $1,000 per share liquidation preference for a total of $32,000; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 32,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011; No shares issued or outstanding at December 31, 2010		31,934			—
Common stock, $.01 par value per share, 196,863,844 shares authorized; 11,756,636 shares issued and 10,581,704 shares outstanding at December 31, 2011; 9,863,390 shares issued and 8,693,228 shares outstanding at December 31, 2010		117			99
Class B non-voting non-convertible Common stock, $.01 par value per share, 3,136,156 shares authorized; 1,054,991 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 1,036,156 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010		11			10
Additional paid-in capital		150,786			123,170
Retained earnings		27,623			35,773
Treasury stock, at cost (December 31, 2011-1,174,932 shares, December 31, 2010-1,170,162 shares,)		(25,037	)		(25,135	)
Unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) shares (December 31, 2011—0 shares, December 31, 2010—42,320 shares)		—			(507	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)		(939	)		2,599
Total shareholders’ equity		184,495			136,009
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	999,041		$	861,621

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

66

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

	2011			2010		2009
Interest and dividend income
Loans, including fees	$	30,997		$	35,439	$	42,312
Securities		3,963			5,289		4,266
Dividends and other interest-earning assets		217			216		88
Total interest and dividend income		35,177			40,944		46,666
Interest expense
Savings		319			783		1,429
NOW		81			108		202
Money market		306			573		815
Certificates of deposit		4,283			6,469		10,353
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		1,048			2,855		5,177
Total interest expense		6,037			10,788		17,976
Net interest income		29,140			30,156		28,690
Provision for loan losses		5,388			8,957		17,296
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		23,752			21,199		11,394
Noninterest income
Customer service fees		1,473			1,336		1,383
Mortgage loan prepayment penalties		80			1		42
Income from bank owned life insurance		300			219		369
Net gain on sales of securities available for sale		2,888			3,274		—
Other		172			49		19
Total noninterest income		4,913			4,879		1,813
Noninterest expense
Salaries and employee benefits		13,914			9,866		6,504
Occupancy and equipment		2,848			1,914		1,950
Advertising		477			232		178
Professional fees		2,121			947		564
Stationery paper, supplies, and postage		507			365		344
Data processing		1,345			1,152		1,022
ATM costs		295			297		363
FDIC expense		1,205			1,563		1,649
Loan servicing and foreclosure		1,282			1,118		1,141
Operating loss on equity investment		313			327		338
Valuation allowance for OREO		4,843			2,679		700
Loss on sale of other real estate owned		760			332		79
Other general and administrative		1,779			1,425		1,069
Total noninterest expense		31,689			22,217		15,901
Income/(loss) before income taxes		(3,024	)		3,861		(2,694	)
Income tax expense/(benefit)		(296	)		1,036		(1,695	)
Net income/(loss)	$	(2,728	)	$	2,825	$	(999	)
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion		534			960		1,003
Net income/(loss) available to common shareholders	$	(3,262	)	$	1,865	$	(2,002	)
Basic earnings/(loss) per common share	$	(0.31	)	$	0.37	$	(0.48	)
Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share	$	(0.31	)	$	0.37	$	(0.48	)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

67

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

	Preferred Stock			Common Stock		Additional Paid-in Capital			Retained Earnings			Treasury Stock			Unearned ESOP			Additional Paid in Capital Warrants		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)		Total
Balance at January 1, 2009	$	19,068		$	54	$	68,155		$	38,496		$	(25,736	)	$	(1,523	)	$	—	$	209	$	98,723
Comprehensive income:
Net loss		—			—		—			(999	)		—			—			—		—		(999	)
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale, net of reclassification and tax effects		—			—		—			—			—			—			—		1,458		1,458
Total comprehensive income																							459
Forfeiture and retirement of stock		—			—		7			—			(7	)		—			—		—		—
Stock option compensation expense		—			—		46			—			—			—			—		—		46
ESOP forfeitures used to reduce ESOP contribution		—			—		(63	)		—			—			—			—		—		(63	)
Stock awards earned		—			—		77			—			—			—			—		—		77
Additional issuance costs on preferred stock		(13	)		—		—			—			—			—			—		—		(13	)
Amortization of preferred stock discount		39			—		—			(39	)		—			—			—		—		—
Purchase of 6,922 shares of treasury stock		—			—		—			—			(45	)		—			—		—		(45	)
Employee stock ownership plan shares earned		—			—		(218	)		—			—			508			—		—		290
Tax benefit/(loss) of RRP shares vesting		—			—		(46	)		—			—			—			—		—		(46	)
Dividends declared ($.25 per common share)		—			—		—			(979	)		—			—			—		—		(979	)
Preferred stock dividends		—			—		—			(964	)		—			—			—		—		(964	)
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	19,094		$	54	$	67,958		$	35,515		$	(25,788	)	$	(1,015	)	$	—	$	1,667	$	97,485
Comprehensive income :
Net Income		—			—		—			2,825			—			—			—		—		2,825
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale, net of reclassification and tax effects		—			—		—			—			—			—			—		932		932
Total comprehensive income																							3,757
Forfeiture and retirement shares of common stock		—			—		10			—			(10	)		—			—		—		—
Stock option compensation expense		—			—		94			—			—			—			—		—		94
Stock awards earned		—			—		29			—			—			—			—		—		29
Amortization of preferred stock discount		35			—		—			(35	)		—			—			—		—		—
Repurchased of preferred stock		(19,129	)		—		(171	)		—			—			—			—		—		(19,300	)
Issuance of stock awards		—			—		(668	)		—			668			—			—		—		—
Issuance of warrants		—			—		3,172			—			—			—			3,172		—		3,172
Purchase of 506 shares of treasury stock		—			—		—			—			(5	)		—			—		—		(5	)
Employee stock ownership plan shares earned		—			—		(53	)		—			—			508			—		—		455
Tax benefit/(loss) of RRP shares vesting		—			—		(6	)		—			—			—			—		—		(6	)
Dividends declared ($.25 per common share)		—			—		—			(1,503	)		—			—			—		—		(1,503	)
Preferred stock dividends		—			—		—			(925	)		—			—			—		—		(925	)
Warrant dividends		—			—		—			(104	)		—			—			—		—		(104	)
Net proceeds from stock issuance		—			55		52,805			—			—			—			—		—		52,860
Balance at December 31, 2010	$	—		$	109	$	123,170		$	35,773		$	(25,135	)	$	(507	)	$	3,172	$	2,599	$	136,009

68

	Preferred Stock		Common Stock		Additional Paid-in Capital			Retained Earnings			Treasury Stock			Unearned ESOP		Additional Paid in Capital Warrants		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)			Total
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net Loss		—		—		—			(2,728	)		—			—		—		—			(2,728	)
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale, net of reclassification and tax effects		—		—		—			—			—			—		—		(3,538	)		(3,538	)
Total comprehensive income/(loss)																						(6,266	)
Forfeiture and retirement of shares of common stock		—		—		13			—			(13	)		—		—		—			—
Stock option compensation expense		—		—		816			—			—			—		—		—			816
ESOP forfeitures used to reduce ESOP contribution						7						—										7
Stock awards earned		—		—		412			—			—			—		—		—			412
Issuance of stock awards		—		—		(611	)		—			107			—		—		—			(504	)
Purchase of 5,224 shares of treasury stock		—		—		—			—			(55	)		—		—		—			(55	)
Employee stock ownership plan shares earned		—		—		98			—			—			507		—		—			605
Tax benefit/(loss) of RRP shares vesting		—		—		(4	)		—			—			—		—		—			(4	)
Dividends declared ($.45 per common share)		—		—		516			(4,888	)		—			—		—		—			(4,372	)
Repurchase of warrants—TARP		—		—		(1,003	)		—			—			—		—		—			(1,003	)
Tax effect of ESOP		—		—		256			—			—			—		—		—			256
Tax effect options redeemed		—		—		147			—			—			—		—		—			147
Reissuance of ESOP shares		—		—		(59	)		—			59			—		—		—			—
Preferred stock dividends		—		—		—			(534	)		—			—		—		—			(534	)
Issuance of 32,000 shares of preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $66		31,934		—		—			—			—			—		—		—			31,934
Net proceeds from stock issuance		—		19		27,028			—			—			—		—		—			27,047
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	31,934	$	128	$	150,786		$	27,623		$	(25,037	)	$	—	$	3,172	$	(939	)	$	184,495

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

69

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

	2011			2010			2009
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income/(loss)	$	(2,728	)	$	2,825		$	(999	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash from operating activities
Provision for loan losses		5,388			8,957			17,296
Net accretion of securities		(333	)		(1,765	)		(1,900	)
Depreciation and amortization		650			390			446
Employee stock ownership plan compensation expense		605			455			290
Stock option compensation expense		816			94			46
Stock award compensation expense		412			29			77
Bank owned life insurance income		(300	)		(219	)		(369	)
Operating loss on equity investment		313			327			338
Impairment of securities		—			—			15
Net gain on sale of securities available for sale		(2,888	)		(3,274	)		—
Loss on sale of other real estate owned		760			332			79
(Gain)/Loss on sale of property and equipment		—			(3	)		3
Deferred income tax (benefit)/expense		1,949			(1,201	)		103
Increase in valuation allowances on other real estate owned		4,843			2,679			700
Interest capitalized on negative amortizing loans		—			—			(16	)
Net change in:
Deferred loan costs		715			438			319
Premiums and discounts on purchased loans		(1,685	)		—			—
Accrued interest receivable		(38	)		460			263
Other assets		304			12,321			(7,299	)
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities		4,855			431			(2,397	)
Net cash from operating activities		13,638			23,276			6,995
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale		62,823			4,525			—
Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities available-for-sale		5,000			18,665			10,040
Proceeds from principal repayments of securities available-for-sale		21,355			—			—
Purchases of securities available-for-sale		(128,975	)		(29,110	)		(40,607	)
Loan originations and principal collections, net		(75,307	)		36,273			14,581
Purchase of loans		(58,027	)		(182	)		—
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock		1,351			1,041			—
Net change in other interest-bearing deposits		—			—			893
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned		9,069			10,496			6,182
Proceeds from sale of equipment		—			4			—
Additions to premises and equipment		(4,891	)		(2,441	)		(295	)
Net cash from investing activities		(167,602	)		39,271			(9,206	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Net increase/(decrease) in deposits		140,026			(12,124	)		60,255
Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances		(55,000	)		(60,000	)		(60,000	)
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances		—			—			20,000
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock		26,542			52,860			—
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		31,935			—			—
Purchase of treasury stock		(55	)		(5	)		(45	)
Redemption/issuance of warrants		(1,003	)		3,172			(13	)
Repurchase of preferred stock		—			(19,300	)		—
Tax benefit/(loss) from RRP shares vesting		(4	)		(6	)		(46	)
Tax effect of ESOP		256			—			—
Tax effect of options redeemed		147			—			—
ESOP forfeitures to reduce ESOP contribution		7			—			(63	)
Dividends paid on preferred stock		(534	)		(925	)		(964	)
Dividends paid on common stock		(2,978	)		(1,715	)		(1,554	)
Net cash from financing activities		139,339			(38,043	)		17,570
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		(14,625	)		24,504			15,359
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		59,100			34,596			19,237
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	44,475		$	59,100		$	34,596
Supplemental cash flow information
Interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds	$	6,045		$	10,931		$	18,193
Income taxes paid		950			3,850			1,750
Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities
Transfer from other real estate owned to contracts receivable		—			145			1,002
Transfer from loans to other real estate owned, net		22,802			13,962			12,242

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

70

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, the Bank and PTB Property Holdings, LLC. All significant intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

Nature of Operations: The principal business of the Company is the ownership of the Bank. The Bank is a federally chartered stock savings bank and a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system, which maintains insurance on deposit accounts with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).

The Bank is engaged in the business of retail banking, with operations conducted through its main office and eleven branches located in San Diego, Los Angeles and Riverside counties. There are no significant concentrations of loans to any one industry or customer. However, the customer’s ability to repay their loans is dependent on the real estate market and general economic conditions in the area.

The accounting and reporting polices of the Company are based upon U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and conform to predominant practices within the banking industry. Significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented below.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and disclosures provided, and actual results could differ. The allowance for loan losses, other real estate owned, realization of deferred tax assets, and the fair value of financial instruments are particularly subject to change and such change could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Cash Flows: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits with other financial institutions with original maturities under 90 days, and daily federal funds sold. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, interest bearing deposits in other financial institutions, and federal funds purchased, including overnight borrowings with the Federal Home Loan Bank.

Interest-bearing Deposits in Other Financial Institutions: Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions mature within 90 days and are carried at cost.

Securities: Debt securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale when they might be sold before maturity. Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as available-for-sale. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses, net of taxes, reported in other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax.

Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method.

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. The investment

71

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

securities portfolio is evaluated for OTTI by segregating the portfolio into two general segments and applying the appropriate OTTI model. Investment securities classified as available for sale or held-to-maturity are generally evaluated for OTTI under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Accounting Standards Codification “ASC” 320, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. However, certain purchased beneficial interests, including non-agency mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and collateralized debt obligations, that had credit ratings at the time of purchase of below AA are evaluated using the model outlined in ASC 325, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests that Continue to be Held by a Transfer in Securitized Financial Assets.

In determining OTTI under the ASC 320 model, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the Company has the intent to sell the debt security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether OTTI exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.

The second segment of the portfolio uses the OTTI guidance provided by ASC 325 that is specific to purchased beneficial interests that, on the purchase date, were rated below AA. Under the ASC 325 model, the Company compares the present value of the remaining cash flows as estimated at the preceding evaluation date to the current expected remaining cash flows. An OTTI is deemed to have occurred if there has been an adverse change in the remaining expected future cash flows.

When OTTI occurs under either model, the amount of the OTTI recognized in earnings depends on whether the Company intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss. If the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss, the OTTI is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the OTTI is separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total OTTI related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings becomes the new amortized cost basis of the investment.

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock: The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

Affordable Housing Fund: The Company has a 19% equity investment in an affordable housing fund originally totaling $4.2 million for purposes of obtaining tax credits and for Community Reinvestment Act purposes. This investment is accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, the Company recognizes its ownership share of the profits and losses of the fund. The Company

72

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

obtains tax credits from these investments which reduce income tax expense for a period of 10 years. This investment is regularly evaluated for impairment by comparing the carrying value to the remaining tax credits expected to be received. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 our share of the fund’s operating loss was $313 thousand, $327 thousand, and $338 thousand, respectively. The balance of the investment at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was $1.6 million and $1.9 million, respectively, and is included in other assets.

Loans: Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of purchase premiums and discounts, deferred loan fees and costs, and an allowance for loan losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance and includes amortization of net deferred loan fees and costs over the loan term. Interest income on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 91 days delinquent unless the loan is well secured and in process of collection. Consumer loans, other than those secured by real estate, are typically charged off no later than 180 days past due. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual, is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Concentration of Credit Risk: Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located within San Diego, Los Angeles, and Riverside Counties. Therefore, the Company’s exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in the economy in San Diego and Riverside County area.

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate by management to provide for probable incurred credit losses. The allowance is increased by provisions charged against income, while loan losses are charged against the allowance when management deems a loan balance to be uncollectible. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The Company performs an analysis of the adequacy of the allowance on a monthly basis. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company evaluates all impaired loans individually under the guidance of ASC 310, primarily through the evaluation of collateral values and cash flows. Loans, for which the terms have been modified, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the

73

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Troubled debt restructurings are also measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Troubled debt restructurings are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For troubled debt restructurings that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.

The general component covers loans that are not impaired and is determined by portfolio segment and is based on actual loss history experienced by the Company. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; effects of changes in credit concentrations and other factors. The historical loss analysis is also combined with a comprehensive loan to value analysis to analyze the associated risks in the current loan portfolio. For 2011, the Company used a three year loss look back for determining the level of its allowance for loan losses. Prior to this, the Company used a one year look back. This change, which was not material, was made to better reflect the improving state of the loan portfolio as delinquencies have declined and loan losses have leveled. An updated loan to value analysis is obtained from an independent firm semi-annually, most recently in November 2011. Management uses available information to recognize loan losses, however, future loan loss provisions may be necessary based on changes in the above mentioned factors. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses and may require the Bank to recognize additional provisions based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination.

The following portfolio segments have been identified: commercial and industrial, commercial real estate mortgage, multi-family, land, residential real estate one-to four- family first mortgage, residential real estate one-to four- family junior lien mortgage, and other revolving credit and installment. The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis includes all loans delinquent over 60 days and non-homogenous loans such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. Classification of problem single-family residential loans is performed on a monthly basis while analysis of non-homogenous loans is performed on a quarterly basis.

Loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate properties generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one-to four- family residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loan secured by multi-family and commercial real estate properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of these loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. Commercial business loans are also considered to have a greater degree of credit risk due to the fact these loans are typically made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be

74

substantially dependent on the success of the business itself (which, in turn, is often dependent in part upon general economic conditions). Consumer and other real estate loans may entail greater risk than do one- to four- family residential mortgage loans given that collection of these loans is dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and, thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy. Negatively amortizing and interest only loans are also considered to carry a higher degree of credit risk due to their unique cash flows. The Green Mortgages tend to have lower levels of delinquencies as a result of the borrower’s ability to meet their monthly payments obligations by increasing the level of their line of credit. Credit risk on this asset class is also managed through the completion of regular re-appraisals of the underlying collateral and monitoring of the borrowers usage of this account to determine if the borrower is making monthly payments from external sources or “draw downs” on their line. In cases where the property values have declined to levels less than the original loan-to-value, or other levels deemed prudent by the Bank, the Bank may freeze the line and/or require monthly payments or principal reductions to bring the loan in balance.

Classified Assets: Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered by the Office of Thrift Supervision, and, as of July 21, 2011, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, its successor regulator (collectively referred to as the “the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or OCC”), to be of lesser quality, as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. The Bank includes in its classification of “Substandard Assets” loans that are performing under terms of a TDR, but where the borrower has yet to make twelve or more payments under the TDR, and where the loan remains impaired, as well as loans where the borrower is current in his or her payments on the subject Classified Loan but may be a guarantor on another loan that is classified as a result of weakness in the credit or collateral (“Relationship”). TDR loans that have continued to make payments for twelve months or more, but where the collateral remains impaired, retain a “Substandard” classification. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank had $827 thousand of loans classified as “substandard” and TDR with less than twelve months of payment performance, $10.8 million of TDR loans classified as “substandard” with payment performance for more than twelve months and $7.5million of “substandard” loans where the borrower was current on all payments but where the Relationship was rated “Substandard” for various reasons. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general or specific allowances for loan losses in an amount deemed prudent by management and approved by the Board of Directors. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated with lending activities, but, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge off such amount. An institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the OCC and the FDIC, which may order the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.

In connection with the filing of our periodic reports with the OCC and in accordance with our classification of assets policy, we regularly review the problem assets in our portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations.

Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and are depreciated using the straight-line method with average useful lives ranging from five to forty years. Building and leasehold improvements are depreciated using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives not to exceed the lease term. Lease terms range up to ten years. Furniture, fixtures,

75

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from five to seven years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements that extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized.

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock: The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

Other Real Estate Owned: Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. In general, the Bank assumes a 9% cost when recording fair value based on historical selling expenses. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Operating costs after acquisition are expensed.

Bank Owned Life Insurance: The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain key and former executives. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at its cash surrender value (or the amount that can be realized). Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Long-term Assets: Premises and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Statements: Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Stock-Based Compensation: Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Income Taxes: Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company had a $1.3 million valuation allowance for its net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2011. See further discussion in Note 15, Income Taxes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

76

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to examination by U.S. Federal taxing authorities for years before 2008 and for all state income taxes before 2007.

The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company had $0 accrued for interest and penalties at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan: The cost of shares issued to the ESOP but not yet allocated to participants is shown as a reduction of shareholders’ equity. Compensation expense is based on the average market price of shares as they are committed to be released to participant accounts. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares reduce retained earnings; dividends on unearned ESOP shares reduce debt and accrued interest. There were 1,861 shares and 144 shares forfeited for the period ending December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Earnings/(Loss) Per Common Share: Basic earnings/(loss) per common share is net income/(loss) available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. ESOP shares are considered outstanding for this calculation unless unearned. All outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to non-forfeitable dividends are considered participating securities for this calculation. Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share includes the dilutive effect of additional potential common shares issuable under stock options, stock awards and warrants. Dividends paid, and the accretion of discount on the Company’s preferred stock, reduce the earnings available to common shareholders.

Comprehensive Income/(Loss): Comprehensive income/(loss) consists of net income/(loss) and other comprehensive income or loss. Other comprehensive income or loss includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, net of tax, which are also recognized as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

Loss Contingencies: Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Restrictions on Cash: Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank was required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements.

Dividend Restriction: Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to the Company or by the Company to shareholders.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments: Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

Operating Segments: While the chief decision-makers monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, the identifiable segments are not material and operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. Operating segments are aggregated into one as operating results for all segments are similar. Accordingly, all of the financial services operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

77

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Reclassifications: Some items in the prior year financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Reclassifications had no effect on prior year net income/(loss) or shareholders’ equity.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards: In December 2010, the FASB amended existing guidance relating to goodwill impairment testing. This guidance requires that if the carrying amount of a reporting unit is zero or negative, a qualitative assessment be performed to determine if it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired. Step 2 of the impairment test shall be performed if it is determined that it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired. The effect of adopting this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

In April 2011, the FASB amended existing guidance for assisting a creditor in determining whether a restructuring is a troubled debt restructuring. The amendments clarify the guidance for a creditor’s evaluation of whether it has granted a concession and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. With regard to determining whether a concession has been granted, the ASU clarifies that creditors are precluded from using the effective interest method to determine whether a concession has been granted. In the absence of using the effective interest method, a creditor must now focus on other considerations such as the value of the underlying collateral, evaluation of other collateral or guarantees, the debtor’s ability to access other funds at market rates, interest rate increases and whether the restructuring results in a delay in payment that is insignificant. The adoption of ASU 2011-02 resulted in additional disclosures regarding troubled debt restructurings included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May, 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements between U.S. and International accounting principles. Overall, the guidance is consistent with existing U.S. accounting principles; however, there are some amendments that change a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The provisions of this update did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2011, the FASB amended existing guidance relating to goodwill impairment testing. The amendment permits an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing these events or circumstances, it is concluded that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. The amendments in this guidance are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this amendment did not impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

Newly Issued But Not Yet Effective Accounting Standards:

In June 2011, the FASB amended existing guidance and eliminated the option to present the components of other comprehensive income/(loss) as part of the statement of shareholder’s equity. The amendment requires that comprehensive income or loss be presented in either a single continuous statement following the consolidated statement of operations or in two separate consecutive statements. The amendments in this guidance are effective for interim and annual periods that begin after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this amendment will change the presentation of the components of comprehensive income or loss for the Company as part of the consolidated statement of shareholder’s equity.

78

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 2—EMPLOYEE STOCK COMPENSATION

The Company has multiple share based compensation plans as described below. Total compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Company’s stock compensation plans was $1.2 million, $123 thousand and $123 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The total income tax benefit/(expense) was $143 thousand, $(6 thousand) and $(46 thousand) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Recognition and Retention Plan

A Recognition and Retention Plan (“RRP”) provides for the issuance of shares to directors, officers, and employees. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the shares based on the market value at date of grant. Pursuant to its 2003 stock-based incentive plan, total shares issuable under the plan are 211,600. At December 31, 2011, all 211,600 shares were issued. These shares vest over a five-year period. Compensation expense for the RRP awards totaled approximately $412 thousand, $29 thousand and $77 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, there was $102 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to 9,158 nonvested awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than five years

A summary of changes in the Company’s nonvested shares for the year ended December 31, 2011 follows:

Nonvested shares	Shares			Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair-Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011		12,378		$	17.67
Granted		—			—
Vested		(2,780	)		12.73
Forfeited/expired		(540	)		22.23
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		9,058		$	18.91

Additionally, one-time inducement restricted shares were granted during 2010 and 2011 to newly hired executive officers. During the year ended December 31, 2011, 5,000 shares were granted. The remaining 21,500 shares were granted during the year ended December 31, 2010. Of these shares, none were exercised during 2011 or 2010. These one-time inducement shares vest over a three year period. Compensation expense for the inducement awards totaled approximately $99 thousand and $0 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, there was $222 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to 26,500 nonvested inducement awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than three years

A summary of changes related to the Company’s nonvested inducement awards for the year ended December 31, 2011 follows:

	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Nonvested at January 1, 2011		21,500	$	11.57
Granted		5,000		14.48
Vested		—		—
Forfeited or expired		—		—
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		26,500	$	12.12

79

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

During June 2011, the Company adopted an Omnibus Incentive Plan under the terms of which participating employees and directors may be awarded stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, other stock-based awards or cash awards. The total number of shares of common stock available for awards under the plan is 950,000, of which no more than 300,000 may be used for awards other than stock options and stock appreciation rights. There were 43,606 shares awarded as restricted shares from this plan as of December 31, 2011. The vesting of these shares varies with vesting periods up to two years. Compensation expense for these awards totaled approximately $260 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, there was $243 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to 23,158 nonvested awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than two years.

A summary of changes related to the Company’s nonvested inducement awards for the year ended December 31, 2011 follows:

	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Nonvested at January 1, 2011		—		—
Granted		43,606	$	11.54
Vested		20,448		10.55
Forfeited or expired		—		—
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		23,158	$	12.42

Stock Options

In addition to the Omnibus Incentive Plan discussed above, the Company has a Stock Option Plan (“SOP”) which provides for the issuance of options to directors, officers, and employees. The Company recorded stock compensation expense of $816 thousand, $94 thousand and $46 thousand as salary and employee benefits expense during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company adopted the SOP during 2003 under the terms of which 529,000 shares of the Company’s common stock may be awarded. At December 31, 2011, the number of shares available for future awards was 16,500. The options become exercisable in equal installments over a five-year period from the date of grant. The options expire ten years from the date of grant. The fair value of options granted are computed using option pricing models, using the following weighted-average assumptions as of grant date. The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using a closed form option valuation (Black-Scholes) model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of the Company’s common stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and post-vesting termination behavior. The expected term of options granted is based on historical data and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, which takes into account that the options are not transferable. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. There were no options granted in 2011 or 2010 under the SOP. There were no options exercised or forfeited during the year ended December 31, 2011 and during the year ended December 31, 2010 all options for the SOP were forfeited or expired or cancelled in exchange for cash payments.

80

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

During 2010 and 2011, 850,000 inducement options were issued to newly hired executive officers, of which 80,000 inducement options were awarded during the year ended December 31, 2011. These one-time inducement options were granted outside of the existing SOP plan and the Omnibus Incentive Plan. None of these options were exercised during 2011. These options have a three year vesting period. As of December 31, 2011, there was $1.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than three years.

	May 6, 2011
Options granted		80,000
Estimated fair value of stock options granted		3.40
Risk-free interest rate		0.96	%
Expected term		3 year
Expected stock price volatility		40.87	%
Dividend yield		2.89	%

The following table represents inducement option activity during the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding at beginning of year January 1, 2011		770,000	$	11.42
Granted		80,000		14.48
Exercised		—		—
Forfeited or expired		—		—
Outstanding at end of year December 31, 2011		850,000	$	11.71		1.91
Fully vested and expected to vest		807,500	$	11.12		1.91
Options exercisable at December 31, 2011		256,664	$	11.42		1.86

During the year ended December 31, 2011, 68,569 shares were awarded as stock options from the Omnibus Incentive Plan. These options were awarded to Company and Bank directors in lieu of, or in combination with cash compensation for director services. No options were issued during the quarter ended December 31, 2011. The options become exercisable one-year from the date of grant. The options expire ten years from the date of grant. The fair value of options granted are computed using option pricing models, using the following weighted-average assumptions as of grant date. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a closed form option valuation (Black Scholes) model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of the Company’s common stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and post-vesting termination behavior. The expected term of options granted is based on historical data and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, which takes into account that the options are not transferable. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

81

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

As of December 31, 2011, there was $133 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than 1 year.

	June 20, 2011
Options granted		68,569
Estimated fair value of stock options granted		3.65
Risk-free interest rate		0.67	%
Expected term		3 year
Expected stock price volatility		40.72	%
Dividend yield		2.89	%

The following table represents option activity under the Omnibus Incentive Plan during the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding at beginning of year January 1, 2011		—	$	—
Granted		68,569		15.81
Exercised		—		—
Forfeited or expired		—		—
Outstanding at end of year December 31, 2011		68,569	$	15.81		0.47
Fully vested and expected to vest		65,141	$	15.02		0.47
Options exercisable at December 31, 2011		—		—		—

Information related to the stock option plans during each year follows:

	2011		2010		2009
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$	—	$	—	$	—
Cash received from option exercises		—		—		—
Tax benefit realized from option exercises		—		—		—

The intrinsic value for stock options is calculated based on the exercise price of the underlying awards and the market price of our common stock as of the reporting date. At December 31, 2011, the intrinsic value of all options outstanding, fully vested and expected to vest and exercisable was zero as the closing stock price was lower than the exercise prices. ASC 718 and 505 require the recognition of stock based compensation for the number of awards that are ultimately expected to vest. As a result, recognized stock compensation expense was reduced for estimated forfeitures prior to vesting primarily based on historical annual forfeiture rates of approximately 5% for senior management and the board of directors and 45% for all other employees. Estimated forfeitures will be reassessed in subsequent periods and may change based on new facts and circumstances.

82

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

forfeiture rates of approximately 5% for senior management and the board of directors and 45% for all other employees. Estimated forfeitures will be reassessed in subsequent periods and may change based on new facts and circumstances.

Warrants

On November 1, 2010, the Company issued warrants to TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P. for up to 240,000 shares of non-voting common stock at an exercise price of $11.00 per share, subject to anti-dilutive adjustments. These warrants are exercisable from the date of issuance through November 1, 2015. On November 1, 2010, the Company also issued warrants to COR Advisors LLC to purchase up to 1,395,000 shares of non-voting stock at an exercise price of $11.00 per share, subject to anti-dilutive adjustments. These warrants are exercisable with respect to 95,000 shares on January 1, 2011 and an additional 130,000 shares on the first day of each of the next ten calendar quarterly periods beginning on April 1, 2011, subject to earlier vesting upon a “change in control” of the Company or in the discretion of our board of directors. These warrants are exercisable with respect to each vesting tranche for five years after the tranche’s vesting date. The warrants are exercisable for voting common stock in lieu of non-voting common stock following the transfer of the warrants in a widely disbursed offering or in other limited circumstances.

NOTE 3—EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE

Basic earnings/(loss) per common share were computed by dividing net income/(loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding. Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share were computed by dividing net income/(loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding, adjusted for the dilutive effect of the outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards. Computations for basic and diluted earnings/(loss) available to common shareholders per common share are provided below.

	2011			2010			2009
Basic
Net income/(loss)	$	(2,728	)	$	2,825		$	(999	)
Less: Dividends on preferred stock		(534	)		(925	)		(964	)
Less: Imputed dividends		—			(35	)		(39	)
Net income/(loss) available to common shareholders	$	(3,262	)	$	1,865		$	(2,002	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding		10,646,511			5,108,075			4,158,044
Basic earnings/(loss) per common share	$	(0.31	)	$	0.37		$	(0.48	)
Diluted
Net income/(loss) available to common shareholders	$	(3,262	)	$	1,865		$	(2,002	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings/(loss) per common share		10,646,511			5,108,075			4,158,044
Add: Dilutive effects of stock options		—			—			—
Add: Dilutive effects of stock awards		—			—			—
Add: Dilutive effects of warrants		—			—			—
Average shares and dilutive potential common shares		10,646,511			5,108,075			4,158,044
Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share	$	(0.31	)	$	0.37		$	(0.48	)

83

There was a total of 918,569, 770,000 and 482,396 stock options and stock awards and 1,635,000, 1,635,000 and 0 warrants that were not considered in computing diluted earnings/(loss) per common share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 respectively, because they were anti-dilutive. All stock options and stock awards for the years ended December 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were anti-dilutive. They were anti-dilutive since the exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common stock.

NOTE 4—FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair Value Hierarchy. ASC 820-10 establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The topic describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

Investment Securities Available for Sale. The fair values of securities available for sale are determined by matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2 inputs). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3). The fair values of the Company’s Level 3 securities are determined by the Company and an independent third-party provider using a discounted cash flow methodology. The methodology uses discount rates that are based upon observed market yields for similar securities. Prepayment speeds are estimated based upon the prepayment history of each bond and a detailed analysis of the underlying collateral. Gross weighted average coupon, geographic concentrations, loan to value, FICO and seasoning are among the different loan attributes that are factored into our prepayment curve. Default rates and severity are estimated based upon geography of the collateral, delinquency, modifications, loan to value ratios, FICO scores, and past performance.

Impaired Loans. The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses based on collateral values is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company experienced $4.1 million and $4.4 million in specific allowance allocation expense, respectively.

Other Real Estate Owned Assets. Other real estate owned assets “OREO” are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell at the time of foreclosure. The fair value of real estate owned assets is generally based on recent real estate appraisals adjusted for estimated selling costs. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the

84

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Only OREO with a valuation allowance are considered to be carried at fair value. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company experienced $4.8 million and $2.7 million in valuation allowance expense for those assets, respectively.

Assets Measured on a Recurring and Non Recurring Basis

Available-for-sale securities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, impaired loans and real estate owned are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 Using
	Carrying Value		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level One)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level Two)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level Three)
Assets
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities (recurring)	$	4,038	$	—	$	4,038	$	—
Municipal securities (recurring)		5,713		—		5,713		—
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities (recurring)		91,862		—		—		91,862
Federal National Mortgage Association mortgage-backed securities (recurring)		3		—		3		—
Impaired loans: (non recurring)
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		6,893		—		—		6,893
Multi-family		1,638		—		—		1,638
Land		1,164		—		—		1,164
Other real estate owned assets: (non recurring)
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		8,224		—		—		8,224
Multi-family		2,480		—		—		2,480
Land		3,988		—		—		3,988

The table below presents a reconciliation of all assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Private  Label Residential Mortgage Backed  Securities
Balance of recurring Level 3 private label residential mortgage-backed securities at January 1, 2011	$	54,246
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
Included in earnings—realized		2,700
Included in earnings—unrealized		—
Included in other comprehensive income		(6,102	)
Purchases		107,123
Sales, issuances and settlements		(66,105	)
Net transfers in and/or out of Level 3		—
Balance of recurring Level 3 private label residential mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2011	$	91,862

85

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2011.

Impaired loans with specific allowance allocations measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans totaled $12.6 million and had a carrying amount of $9.7 million, net of specific allowance allocations of $2.9 million at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, these impaired loans consisted of $6.9 million single-family loans, $1.6 million multi-family loans and land loans totaling $1.2 million.

Other real estate owned which is measured at fair value less costs to sell having a valuation, had a net carrying amount of $14.7 million, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $18.8 million, net of a valuation allowance of $4.1 million at December 31, 2011.

	Carrying Value		Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 Using
			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level One)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level Two)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level Three)
Assets
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. government sponsored entities and agency securities (recurring)	$	5,055	$	—	$	5,055	$	—
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities (recurring)		54,246		—		—		54,246
Federal National Mortgage Association mortgage-backed securities (recurring)		3		—		3		—
Government National Mortgage Association securities (recurring)		5,486		—		5,486		—
Impaired loans: (non recurring)
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		11,415		—		—		11,415
Multi-family		8,421						8,421
Other revolving credit and installment		74						74
Other real estate owned assets: (non recurring)
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		3,273		—		—		3,273
Construction		2,493		—		—		2,493

86

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The table below presents a reconciliation of all assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2010:

	Private  Label Residential Mortgage Backed Securities
Balance of recurring Level 3 private label residential mortgage-backed securities at January 1, 2010	$	47,131
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):		—
Included in earnings—realized		—
Included in earnings—unrealized		—
Included in other comprehensive income		1,590
Purchases		29,110
Sales, principal payments, issuances and settlements		(23,585	)
Net transfers in and/or out of Level 3		—
Balance of recurring Level 3 private label residential mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2010	$	54,246

There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2010.

Impaired loans, with specific allowances allocations measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans totaled $10.0 million, had a carrying amount of $19.9 million, net of specific allowance allocations of $1.7 million at December 31, 2010.

Other real estate owned which is measured at fair value less costs to sell having a valuation allowance, had a net carrying amount of $5.8 million, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $9.2 million, net of a valuation allowance of $3.4 million at for the year ended December 31, 2010, resulting in expense of $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

In accordance with ASC 825-10, the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	December 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	44,475	$	44,475	$	59,100	$	59,100
Securities available-for-sale		101,616		101,616		64,790		64,790
FHLB stock		6,972		N/A		8,323		N/A
Loans receivable, net		775,609		777,053		678,175		690,229
Accrued interest receivable		3,569		3,569		3,531		3,531
Financial liabilities
Deposits	$	786,334	$	788,960	$	646,308	$	628,319
Advances from the FHLB		20,000		20,095		75,000		75,959
Accrued interest payable		217		217		225		225

87

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are described as follows:

Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest receivable and payable, demand deposits, short-term debt, and variable rate loans or deposits that re-price frequently and fully. The methods for determining the fair values for securities available for sale were described previously. For fixed rate loans or deposits and for variable rate loans or deposits with infrequent re-pricing or re-pricing limits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and credit risk. Fair value of long-term debt is based on current rates for similar financing. It was not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability. The fair value of off-balance-sheet items is not considered material (or is based on the current fees or costs that would be charged to enter into or terminate such arrangements) and is not presented.

NOTE 5—SECURITIES

The following tables summarize the amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
2011
Available-for-sale
U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities	$	4,000	$	38	$	—		$	4,038
Municipal securities		5,641		88		(16	)		5,713
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities		93,567		148		(1,853	)		91,862
Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) mortgage-backed securities		3		—		—			3
Total securities available for sale	$	103,211	$	274	$	(1,869	)	$	101,616

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
2010
Available-for-sale
U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities	$	5,036	$	19	$	—		$	5,055
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities		49,933		4,545		(232	)		54,246
Federal National Mortgage Association mortgage-backed securities		3		—		—			3
Government National Mortgage Association securities		5,402		84		—			5,486
Total securities available for sale	$	60,374	$	4,648	$	(232	)	$	64,790

88

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Total other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) was $0 for securities available for sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The proceeds from sales and calls of securities and the associated gross gains and losses are listed below:

	2011			2010		2009
Proceeds	$	67,823		$	4,525	$	—
Gross Gains		3,008			3,274		—
Gross Losses		(120	)		—		—

The tax expense related to these net realized gains and losses were $1,188 and $1,347 for 2011 and 2010.

The amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale securities portfolio are shown by expected maturity. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

	December 31, 2011
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Maturity
Available-for-sale
Within one year	$	—	$	—
One to five years		2,517		2,506
Five to ten years		6,264		6,371
Greater than ten years		860		874
Private label residential mortgage backed and FNMA mortgage-backed securities		93,570		91,865
Total	$	103,211	$	101,616

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no holdings of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of shareholders’ equity.

The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2011 by aggregated major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:

	Less Than 12 Months					12 Months or Longer					Total
	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Available-for-sale
Municipal securities	$	1,072	$	(16	)	$	—	$	—		$	1,072	$	(16	)
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities		64,911		(1,763	)		8,145		(90	)		73,056		(1,853	)
Total available-for-sale	$	65,983	$	(1,779	)	$	8,145	$	(90	)	$	74,128	$	(1,869	)

89

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2010 by aggregated major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:

	Less Than 12 Months					12 Months or Longer				Total
	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Available-for-sale
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities	$	11,547	$	(232	)	$	—	$	—	$	11,547	$	(232	)
Total available-for-sale	$	11,547	$	(232	)	$	—	$	—	$	11,547	$	(232	)

As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s securities available for sale portfolio consisted of fifty-four securities, thirty-seven of which were in an unrealized loss position. The unrealized losses are related to the Company’s municipal securities and private label residential mortgage-backed securities as discussed below.

The Company’s private label residential mortgage-backed securities that are in an unrealized loss position had a fair value of $73.1 million with unrealized losses of $1.9 million at December 31, 2011. These non-agency private label residential mortgage-backed securities were rated AAA at purchase and are not within the scope of ASC 325. The Company monitors to insure it has adequate credit support and as of December 31, 2011, the Company believes there is no OTTI and it does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is not likely that it will be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery. Of the $101.6 million securities portfolio, $96.9 million were rated AAA, AA or A, and $4.7 million were rated BBB based on the most recent credit rating as of December 31, 2011. The Company considers the lowest credit rating for identification of potential OTTI. As interest rates fell to historic low levels which resulted in increases in market prices for its securities, the Company took the opportunity to divest several of its private label residential mortgage-backed securities that had been purchased in early 2011 and earlier periods. Some of the municipal bonds purchased were zero coupon bonds. Because of this feature, these zero coupon bonds traditionally trade at a significant discount to their par value and are not considered to be OTTI. Some of the municipal bonds purchased during 2011 were zero coupon bonds. Because of this feature, these zero coupon bonds traditionally trade at a significant discount to their par value and are not considered to be OTTI.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 the Company determined that no securities were other-than-temporarily impaired.

90

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 6—LOANS

Loans at year end were as follows:

	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010			December 31, 2009
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	9,019		$	6,744		$	6,782
Real estate mortgage		124,013			46,568			47,982
Multi-family		87,290			33,040			34,235
Land		2,375			14,828			16,020
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		546,760			568,854			633,118
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		9,219			9,923			9,613
Other revolving credit and installment		8,604			11,031			11,370
Total		787,280			690,988			759,120
Less: Net deferred loan costs		1,109			1,824			2,262
Allowance for loan losses		(12,780	)		(14,637	)		(13,079	)
Loans, net	$	775,609		$	678,175		$	748,303

At December 31, 2011, the Company had a total of $382.0 million in interest only mortgage loans (including Green Account loans) and $23.4 million in loans with potential for negative amortization. At December 31, 2010, the Company had a total of $423.4 million in interest only mortgage loans (including Green Account loans) and $32.1 million in loans with potential for negative amortization. These loans pose a potentially higher credit risk because of the lack of principal amortization and potential for negative amortization, however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the Company’s loan terms and underwriting standards, including its policies on loan-to-value ratios.

Activity in the allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Balance at beginning of year	$	14,637		$	13,079		$	18,286
Loans charged off		(7,512	)		(7,531	)		(22,505	)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off		267			132			2
Provision for loan losses		5,388			8,957			17,296
Balance at end of year	$	12,780		$	14,637		$	13,079

91

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The following table presents the activity and balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans, excluding accrued interest receivable and net deferred loan costs as they are not considered to be material, by portfolio segment and is based on the impairment method for the year ended as of December 31, 2011. Total accrued interest receivable and net deferred loan costs were $3.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively at December 31, 2011.

	Commercial and Industrial		Commercial Real Estate Mortgage		Multi- family			Land			Real Estate 1-4 family first mortgage			Real Estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage			Other Revolving Credit and Installment			TOTAL
Allowance for loan losses:
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	50	$	332	$	2,389		$	1,067		$	10,191		$	258		$	350		$	14,637
Charge-offs		—		—		(2,136	)		(1,899	)		(3,276	)		(66	)		(135	)		(7,512	)
Recoveries		—		—		68			24			165			—			10			267
Provision		78		1,666		1,220			1,044			1,555			(82	)		(93	)		5,388
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	128	$	1,998	$	1,541		$	236		$	8,635		$	110		$	132		$	12,780
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	—	$	—	$	663		$	236		$	2,815		$	—		$	—		$	3,714
Collectively evaluated for impairment		128		1,998		878			—			5,820			110			132			9,066
Total ending allowance balance	$	128	$	1,998	$	1,541		$	236		$	8,635		$	110		$	132		$	12,780
Loans:
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	—	$	—	$	5,001		$	1,887		$	20,650		$	—		$	—		$	27,538
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment		9,019		124,013		82,289			488			526,110			9,219			8,604			759,742
Total ending loans balance	$	9,019	$	124,013	$	87,290		$	2,375		$	546,760		$	9,219		$	8,604		$	787,280

92

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The following table presents the activity and balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans, excluding accrued interest receivable and net deferred loan costs as they are not considered to be material, by portfolio segment and is based on the impairment method for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011. Total accrued interest receivable and net deferred loan costs totaled $3.3 million and $1.1 million and $3.2 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

	Commercial and Industrial		Commercial Real Estate Mortgage			Multi- family		Land			Real Estate 1-4 family first mortgage			Real Estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage			Other Revolving Credit and Installment			TOTAL
Balance as of December 31, 2009	$	17	$	742		$	1,474	$	1,348		$	8,787		$	412		$	299		$	13,079
Charge-offs		—		—			—		(2,695	)		(4,747	)		(47	)		(42	)		(7,531	)
Recoveries		—		—			—		6			92			14			20			132
Provision		33		(410	)		915		2,408			6,059			(121	)		73			8,957
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	50	$	332		$	2,389	$	1,067		$	10,191		$	258		$	350		$	14,637
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	—	$	—		$	2,084	$	—		$	2,235		$	—		$	44		$	4,363
Collectively evaluated for impairment		50		332			305		1,067			7,956			258			306			10,274
Total ending allowance balance	$	50	$	332		$	2,389	$	1,067		$	10,191		$	258		$	350		$	14,637
Loans:
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	14	$	2,310		$	10,466	$	9,715		$	27,297		$	—		$	113		$	49,915
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment		6,730		44,258			22,574		5,113			541,557			9,923			10,918			641,073
Total ending loans balance	$	6,744	$	46,568		$	33,040	$	14,828		$	568,854		$	9,923		$	11,031		$	690,988

93

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2011.

	Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Allowance for Loan Losses Allocated		Average Recorded Investment YTD		Interest Income Recognized YTD		Cash Basis Interest Recognized YTD
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Real estate mortgage		—		—		—		—		—		—
Multi-family		—		—		—		—		—		—
Land		487		488		—		493		28		28
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		6,849		6,915		—		6,872		92		39
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—		—		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		—		2		—		74		19		—
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial		—		—		—		—		—		—
Real estate mortgage		—		—		—		—		—		—
Multi-family		5,001		5,013		663		5,030		134		43
Land		1,400		1,686		236		1,608		—		—
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		13,801		13,964		2,815		13,831		402		218
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—		—		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total	$	27,538	$	28,068	$	3,714	$	27,908	$	675	$	328

Impaired loans were as follows:

	2011		2010
Unpaid Principal Balance
Year End loans with no allocated allowance for loan losses	$	7,336	$	25,979
Year End loans allocated allowance for loan losses		20,202		23,936
Total		27,538		49,915
Amount of the allowance for loan losses allocated	$	3,714	$	4,363

94

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The following table presents information for impaired loans as of December 31:

	2011		2010		2009
Average of individually impaired loans during the period	$	38,305	$	33,662	$	47,214
Interest income recognized during impairment		675		1,998		820
Cash-basis interest income recognized		328		1,091		595

The recorded investment in loans excludes accrued interest receivable and deferred loan origination fees and costs, net. For purposes of this disclosure, the unpaid principal balance is reduced for net charge-offs.

The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2010.

	Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Allowance for Loan Losses Allocated		Average Recorded Investment YTD		Interest Income Recognized YTD		Cash Basis Interest Recognized YTD
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Real estate mortgage		2,310		2,359		—		2,201		27		—
Multi-family		—		—		—		32		3		—
Land		9,715		10,625		—		4,952		385		171
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		13,934		14,643		—		16,711		273		124
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—		161		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		20		21		—		40		3		—
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial		—		—		—		—		—		—
Real estate mortgage		—		—		—		—		—		—
Multi-family		10,466		8,421		2,084		8,696		808		696
Land		—		—		—		7,240		250		37
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		13,362		11,415		2,235		16,415		237		63
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—		—		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		108		74		44		100		12		—
Total	$	49,915	$	47,558	$	4,363	$	56,548	$	1,998	$	1,091

95

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more still on accrual were as follows:

	December  31, 2011		December  31, 2010
Loans past due over 90 days or more still on accrual	$	—	$	—
Nonaccrual loans The Company maintains specific allowance allocations for these loans of $2,959 in 2011 and $3,423 in 2010	$	19,254	$	38,830

Nonaccrual loans consist of the following:

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	—	$	—
Real estate mortgage		—		—
Multi-family		3,090		8,502
Real estate construction		—		—
Land		1,887		9,715
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		14,272		20,611
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		5		2
Total	$	19,254	$	38,830

Nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010 of $16.3 million and $35.4 million were net of specific allowance allocations of $2.9 million and $3.4 million, respectively.

96

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2011, excluding accrued interest receivable and net deferred loans costs which are not considered to be material by class of loans. Total accrued interest receivable and net deferred loans costs were $3.3 million and $1.1 million respectively at December 31, 2011.

	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		Greater than 89 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Gross Financing Receivables		Considered Current That Have been Modified in Previous Year
December 31, 2011
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	9,019	$	9,019	$	—
Real estate mortgage		291		—		—		291		123,722		124,013		—
Multi-family		—		—		—		—		87,290		87,290		—
Land		—		—		1,400		1,400		975		2,375		487
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		8,133		2,536		6,385		17,054		529,706		546,760		3,760
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—		—		9,219		9,219		—
Other revolving credit and installment		4		—		5		9		8,595		8,604		—
Total	$	8,428	$	2,536	$	7,790	$	18,754	$	768,526	$	787,280	$	4,247

The following table displays the Company’s non-performing and performing substandard loan portfolio (using effective balance).

	December 31, 2011
	# of Loans		Balance
Substandard Loans:
Non-Performing		16	$	7,788
Performing:
TDR		22		13,271
Rated substandard due to borrower relationship to distressed loans		13		7,811
Rated substandard due to other credit factors		7		3,660
Total Performing:		42	$	24,742
Total Substandard Loans		58	$	32,530

97

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2010, excluding accrued interest receivable and net deferred loans costs which are not considered to be material by class of loans. Total accrued interest receivable and net deferred loans costs were $3.2 million and $1.8 million, respectively at December 31, 2010.

	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		Greater than 89 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Financing Receivables		Considered Current That Have been Modified in Previous Year
December 31, 2010
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	6,744	$	6,744	$	—
Real estate mortgage		665		—		—		665		45,903		46,568		14
Multi-family		540		—		—		540		32,500		33,040		—
Land		2,538		—		7,582		10,120		4,708		14,828		—
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		17,125		9,945		13,518		40,588		528,266		568,854		3,702
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		698		—		—		698		9,225		9,923		—
Other revolving credit and installment		4		2		2		8		11,023		11,031		111
Total	$	21,570	$	9,947	$	21,102	$	52,619	$	638,369	$	690,988	$	3,827

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

The Company has allocated $2.1 million and $3.1 million of specific allowance allocations to customers whose loan terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Company did not have any commitments to lend to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

During the year ending December 31, 2011, the terms of certain loans were modified as troubled debt restructurings. The modification of the terms of such loans included one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk; or a permanent reduction of the recorded investment in the loan.

Modifications involving a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan were for periods ranging from 12 months to 10 years and/or extension of the maturity dates.

98

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Number of Loans		Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Troubled Debt Restructurings:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial		—	$	—	$	—
Real estate mortgage		—		—		—
Multi-family		—		—		—
Land		—		—		—
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		4		4,685		4,477
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		—		—		—
Total		4	$	4,685	$	4,477

The troubled debt restructurings described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $236 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2011 and resulted in no charge-offs.

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification during the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Number of Loans		Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Troubled Debt Restructurings That Subsequently Defaulted:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial		—	$	—	$	—
Real estate mortgage		—		—		—
Multi-family		—		—		—
Land		—		—		—
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		7		3,755		3,046
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		—		—		—
Total		7	$	3,755	$	3,046

99

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 30 days contractually past due under the modified terms.

The troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $689 thousand and resulted in no charge offs during the year ended December 31, 2011.

The terms of certain other loans were modified during the period ended December 31, 2011 that did not meet the definition of a troubled debt restructure. These loans have a total recorded investment as of December 31, 2011 of $2.6 million. The modification of these loans involved either a modification of the terms of a loan to borrowers who were not experiencing financial difficulties or a delay in a payment that was considered to be insignificant.

In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy. Certain loans which were modified during the year ended December 31, 2011 and did not meet the definition of a troubled debt restructuring did not have any delays in payment.

Troubled debt restructured loans consist of the following:

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010		December 31, 2009
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	—	$	14	$	—
Real estate mortgage		—		—		—
Multi-family		3,090		8,502		8,502
Land		487		5,066		5,847
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		14,613		12,443		7,817
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		2		111		108
Total	$	18,192	$	26,136	$	22,274

Troubled debt restructured loans at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaling $16.1 million, $23.1 million and $18.8 million were net of specific allowance allocations of $2.1 million, $3.1 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

Certain loans which were modified during the year ended December 31, 2011 and did not meet the definition of a troubled debt restructuring did not have any delays in payment.

Credit Quality Indicators:

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company performs an

100

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

historical loss analysis that is combined with a comprehensive loan to value analysis to analyze the associated risks in the current loan portfolio. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis includes all loans delinquent over 60 days and non-homogenous loans such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. Classification of problem single family residential loans is performed on a monthly basis while analysis of non-homogenous loans is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special Mention. Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the Company’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard. Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful. Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans. Loans not rated are evaluated based on payment history.

The following table displays the Company’s risk categories as of December 31, 2011.

	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Not Rated		TOTAL
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	9,019	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	9,019
Real estate mortgage		108,841		11,463		3,709		—		—		124,013
Multi-family		81,792		497		5,001		—		—		87,290
Land		488		—		1,887		—		—		2,375
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		498,794		26,381		21,585		—		—		546,760
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		8,177		698		344		—		—		9,219
Other revolving credit and installment		8,385		215		4		—		—		8,604
Total	$	715,496	$	39,254	$	32,530	$	—	$	—	$	787,280

101

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The following table displays the Company’s risk categories as of December 31, 2010.

	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Not Rated		TOTAL
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	6,244	$	500	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	6,744
Real estate mortgage		34,882		4,431		2,310		—		4,945		46,568
Multi-family		18,085		1,965		8,502		—		4,488		33,040
Land		4,376		1,071		9,381		—		—		14,828
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		467,970		27,341		22,771		—		50,772		568,854
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		9,044		863		—		—		16		9,923
Other revolving credit and installment		9,290		180		108		—		1,453		11,031
Total	$	549,891	$	36,351	$	43,072	$	—	$	61,674	$	690,988

The following table presents loans purchased and/or sold during the year ended December 31, 2011 by portfolio segment:

	Commercial and Industrial		Commercial Real Estate Mortgage		Multi- family		Land		Real Estate 1-4 family first mortgage		Real Estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		Other Revolving Credit		TOTAL
Purchases	$	—	$	—	$	58,027	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	58,027
Sales		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—

The Company purchased the above loans during the fourth quarter of 2011 at a net premium of $1.7 million. Loans purchased during 2010 and 2009 were not material. For those purchased loans disclosed above, the Company did not incur any allowances for loan losses during 2011, 2010 and 2009. No allowances for loan losses were reversed during 2011, 2010 or 2009. The Company anticipates that it was probable at acquisition that all contractually required payments would be collected.

NOTE 7—OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

Activity in the other real estate owned valuation allowance was as follows:

	2011			2010		2009
Beginning of year	$	3,379		$	700	$	—
Additions charged to expense		4,843			2,679		700
Net direct write-downs		(4,141	)		—		—
End of year	$	4,081		$	3,379	$	700

102

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Expenses related to foreclosed assets included in loan servicing and foreclosure expenses on the consolidated statements of operations are as follows:

	2011		2010		2009
Net loss on sales	$	760	$	332	$	79
Operating expenses, net of rental income	$	1,176	$	841	$	877
	$	1,936	$	1,173	$	956
Other real estate owned sold on contract	$	1,145	$	1,147	$	1,002
Deferred gain on other real estate sold on contract	$	50	$	52	$	54

NOTE 8—LOAN COMMITMENTS AND OTHER RELATED ACTIVITIES

Some financial instruments such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contact are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Risk of credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.

The contractual amount of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk was as follows for the dates indicated:

	Contract Amount
	December 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
	Fixed Rate		Variable Rate		Fixed Rate		Variable Rate
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk
Commitments to extend credit	$	1,000	$	579	$	—	$	1,160
Unused lines of credit		6,249		36,472		4,761		44,679
Standby letters of credit		10		10		10		10

Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of 30 days or less.

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Bank to concentrations of credit risk include interest-bearing deposit accounts in other financial institutions, and loans. At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Bank had interest-bearing deposit accounts with balances totaling approximately $37.7 million and $53.7 million, respectively, in other financial institutions.

103

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 9—PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows:

	2011			2010
Land and improvements	$	1,638		$	1,638
Buildings		8,363			6,058
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment		4,753			3,432
Leasehold improvements		1,714			1,082
Construction in process		618			0
Total		17,086			12,210
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(6,501	)		(5,866	)
Premises and equipment, net	$	10,585		$	6,344

Depreciation expense was $650, $390, and $446 for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Pursuant to the terms of non cancelable lease agreements in effect at December 31, 2011 pertaining to banking premises and equipment, future minimum rent commitments under various operating leases are as follows, before considering renewal options that generally are present.

2012	$	2,107
2013		2,184
2014		2,085
2015		2,009
2016		2,088
2017 and thereafter		5,969
Total	$	16,442

Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 amounted to $608 thousand, $372 thousand, and $373 thousand, respectively.

NOTE 10—DEPOSITS

Certificate of deposit accounts with balances of $100 thousand or more totaled $336.9 million and $216.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. There were no brokered certificates of deposit at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Bank has agreed with its primary regulator to limit future brokered deposit balances to no more than $20.0 million.

The scheduled maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

2012	$	338,162
2013		86,527
2014		31,067
2015		8,847
2016		5,280
Total	$	469,883

104

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 11—FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES

At December 31, 2011, all of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB are fixed and had interest rates ranging from 1.66% to 1.85% with a weighted average rate of 1.79%. At December 31, 2010, the fixed interest rates on the Bank’s advances from the FHLB ranged from 1.66% to 3.84% with a weighted average rate of 3.02%. The contractual maturities by year of the Bank’s advances are as follows at year end:

	2011		2010
2011		—		55,000
2012		20,000		20,000
Total advances	$	20,000	$	75,000

Each advance is payable at its maturity date. A $10 million advance matured in January 2012 and another $10 million advance will mature in July 2012. Advances paid early are subject to a prepayment penalty. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were collateralized by certain real estate loans of an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $272.1 million and $321.4 million, respectively, and the Bank’s investment of capital stock of the FHLB of San Francisco of $7.0 million and $8.3 million. Based on this collateral and the Bank’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Bank was eligible to borrow an additional $130.3 million at December 31, 2011. In addition, the Company has an available line of credit totaling $117.1 million with the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2011.

NOTE 12—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Bank has a 401(k) plan whereby substantially all employees participate in the plan. Employees may contribute up to 15% of their compensation subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. The Bank makes matching contributions, to be determined annually by the Board of Directors, on the first 4% of the employee’s compensation contributed to the plan. Matching contributions vest to the employee at the end of the calendar year in which the contribution was made. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, expense attributable to the plan amounted to $170 thousand, $148 thousand and $128 thousand.

The Company has adopted a Deferred Compensation Plan under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. The purpose of this plan is to provide specified benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated employees. Participants may elect to defer compensation, which accrues interest quarterly at the prime rate as reflected in The Wall Street Journal as of the last business day of the prior quarter. The Company does not make contributions to the Plan.

NOTE 13—EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN (ESOP)

The Bank maintains an ESOP for the benefit of its employees. The Company issued 423,200 shares of common stock to the ESOP in exchange for a ten-year note in the amount of approximately $5.1 million. The $5.1 million for the ESOP purchase was borrowed from the Company. The ten-year note was paid in full at December 31, 2011.

Shares issued to the ESOP are allocated to ESOP participants based on principal repayments made by the ESOP on the loan from the Company. The loan is secured by shares purchased with the loan proceeds and will be repaid by the ESOP with funds from the Company’s contributions to the ESOP and earnings on ESOP assets. Principal payments are scheduled to occur over a ten-year period. Dividends on allocated and/or unearned shares first reduce accrued interest and secondly principal.

105

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, 42,320 shares of stock with an average fair value of $14.29, $10.75, and $6.85 per share were committed to be released, resulting in ESOP compensation expense of $605 thousand, $455 thousand, and $290 thousand, respectively for each year. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, 1,861, 144 and 3,289 shares were forfeited. Per the terms of the ESOP plan, the forfeited shares were sold out of the plan and the proceeds were used to reduce the Company’s contribution resulting in a reduction of compensation expense. Shares held by the ESOP at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

Shares held by the ESOP were as follows:

	2011		2010
Allocated shares to participants		354,399		312,079
Unearned shares		—		42,320
Total ESOP shares		354,399		354,399
Fair value of unearned shares at year end	$	—	$	562

NOTE 14—PREFERRED STOCK

During the first quarter of 2011, the Company entered into an Agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury for the repurchase of 280,795 common stock warrants issued to the Treasury in 2008 in connection with the issuance of preferred stock to Treasury pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program; the Company redeemed that preferred stock in 2010. These warrants had a strike price of $10.31 and were repurchased for $1.0 million in the first quarter of 2011.

On August 30, 2011, the Company issued 32,000 shares of preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury and received $32.0 million of capital under the “SBLF” Small Business Loan Fund Program. Of this, $28.8 million was contributed as capital to Pacific Trust Bank to facilitate small business lending. The shares of preferred stock have a dividend and liquidation preference over our common stock. The dividend rate will fluctuate based upon the extent to which we increase our lending to small businesses. Initially, the annual dividend rate under the SBLF program will not exceed 5%, but may increase to as high as 9% after 4.5 years if the Company has not repaid its SBLF funding by that time.

NOTE 15—INCOME TAXES

Allocation of federal and state income taxes between current and deferred portions is as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Current tax provision
Federal	$	(2,245	)	$	1,589		$	(1,798	)
State		—			648			—
		(2,245	)		2,237			(1,798	)
Deferred tax (benefit) expense
Federal		457			(885	)		199
State		163			(316	)		(96	)
		620			(1,201	)		103
Change in Valuation Allowance		1,329			—			—
Income tax expense (benefit)	$	(296	)	$	1,036		$	(1,695	)

106

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The reasons for the differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rates are summarized as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Statutory federal tax rate		(34.0	)%		34.0	%		(34.0	)%
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit		3.6			5.7			(2.4	)
California housing fund investment		(12.8	)		(11.3	)		(16.1	)
Bank owned life insurance		(3.4	)		(1.9	)		(4.7	)
Change in valuation allowance		43.9			—			—
Other, net		(7.1	)		0.3			(5.7	)
Effective tax rates		(9.8	)%		26.8	%		(62.9	)%

The components of the net deferred tax asset, included in other assets, are as follows:

	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for loan losses	$	5,260		$	6,031
Section 475 mark-to-market adjustment		—			1,817
Stock Option Plan		364			28
Deferred California tax		1			348
Investment in Partnership		135			125
Depreciation		14			83
AMT and general business credit carryforward		1,038			—
OREO write-downs		1,679			1,390
RRP Plan		56			—
Nonaccrual loans		469			—
California net operating loss		945			407
Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale		656			—
Other		312			398
		10,929			10,627
Deferred tax liabilities
Deferred loan costs		(457	)		(751	)
FHLB stock dividends		(567	)		(677	)
Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale		—			(1,817	)
Section 475 mark-to-market adjustment		(683	)		—
RRP Plan		—			(58	)
Other		(250	)		(205	)
		(1,957	)		(3,508	)
Valuation allowance		(1,329	)		—
Net deferred tax asset	$	7,643		$	7,119

107

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The Company accounts for income taxes by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities based upon temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of its assets and liabilities. A valuation allowances is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Each quarter, the Company reviews its analysis of whether a valuation allowance should be recorded against its net deferred tax assets. Accounting literature states that a deferred tax asset should be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50%) that some portion or the entire net deferred tax asset will not be realized. The determination of whether a net deferred tax asset is realizable is based on weighting all available evidence, including both positive and negative evidence. In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. Although realization is not assured, the Company believes that the realization of all but approximately 15% of the recognized net deferred tax asset (DTA) at December 31, 2011 is more likely than not based upon available tax planning strategies and expectations as to future taxable income. At December 31, 2011, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $7.6 million, net of a $1.3 million valuation allowance.

As a result of net losses incurred in 2011 and 2009, the Company is in a three-year cumulative pretax loss position at December31, 2011. This three-year cumulative loss position is considered significant negative evidence in assessing the need to establish a valuation allowance for the net DTA. The Company has concluded that there is sufficient positive evidence to overcome the majority of this negative evidence. While significant positive evidence is present, management believes that given the weight of the evidence from the three-year cumulative loss it is appropriate to establish a $1.3 million DTA valuation allowance as of December 31, 2011. The positive evidence includes the fact that the cumulative pre-tax loss was a result of the Company’s discontinued builder lending business. The Company believes that the losses incurred in 2009 and 2011 were primarily due to its construction lending and land loan program which is no longer a part of the Company’s business strategy since 2008. The majority of loan losses during 2007 through 2011 were specifically tied to six construction and land loans. Of these, two are no longer on the books and the other four have been foreclosed on and are actively listed OREO properties. The remaining balance of construction lending and land loans totals approximately $5 million as of December 31, 2011 and none are considered to be nonperforming.

Management believes that these facts provide evidence indicating that further losses from this previous lending program are not likely to approach the historical loss levels; for 2012, with the recent loan growth in 2011, the Company has built its net interest margin to an earnings rate that achieves the 2012 budget, and the Company forecasts sufficient taxable income in the next three years (2012 – 2014) to utilize at least 85% of the net DTA balance as of December 31, 2011. The 2012 to 2014 forecast assumes similar trends in asset quality improvement as experienced by the Company in 2011 and by the banking industry at large. The banking industry has seen some expansion in net interest income and increased profitability in 2011 due to lower provisions for loan losses due to reductions in nonperforming loans. The large amount of excess capital the Company maintains as of December 31, 2011 allows it to take advantage of future loan funding opportunities while many other banks find themselves constrained by asset concentration and regulatory capital limits. The Company expects future earnings to improve significantly when compared to its 2011 results. Recent events point to a stabilization and eventual increase in earnings fundamentals. This includes the launch of the Company’s commercial real estate lending platform as well as the re-launch of the Company’s residential lending platform and the opening of new branches to support deposit growth. As a result, the Company believes that with $119 million in new capital and the introduction of a new management team, the Company’s core earnings fundamentals have shifted to the positive given the drive for organic growth and management believes the Company will be able to generate

108

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

sufficient taxable income in 2012-2014 to utilize at least 85% of the net DTA as of December 31, 2011, and as such, the 15% DTA valuation allowance established as of December3 31, 2011 is deemed sufficient. Despite the DTA valuation allowance, the deferred tax assets remain available to offset future taxable income. The DTA valuation allowance may be reversed to income in future years to the extent the related deferred tax assets are realized or the DTA valuation allowance is no longer required.

At December 31, 2011, California net operating loss carryforwards total $13.2 million and will begin to expire in 2032, if unused. As of December 31, 2011, AMT Tax credit carryforwards total $104 thousand and they do not expire. As of December 31, 2011, general business credits total $934 thousand and will begin to expire in 2027, if unused.

NOTE 16—REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS

Banks are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet capital requirements can initiate regulatory action. Management believes as of December 31, 2011, the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If only adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required. At year-end 2011 and 2010, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category. In 2011 the Bank committed to its regulatory agency to maintain core and risk-based capital ratios of 8.0% and 12.0%, respectively, while the Bank is facing adverse market conditions.

Actual and required capital amounts and ratios are presented below at year-end.

	Actual					Minimum Capital Requirements					Minimum Required to Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
December 31, 2011
Total capital (to risk- weighted assets)	$	137,913		18.56	%	$	59,447		8.00	%	$	74,309		10.00	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk- weighted assets)		128,847		17.34			29,724		4.00			44,585		6.00
Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted tangible assets)		128,847		13.08			39,409		4.00			49,261		5.00
December 31, 2010
Total capital (to risk- weighted assets)	$	103,652		16.17	%	$	51,296		8.00	%	$	64,121		10.00	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk- weighted assets)		95,637		14.92			25,648		4.00			38,472		6.00
Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted tangible assets)		95,637		11.14			34,340		4.00			42,925		5.00

109

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Regulatory capital components at December 31, 2011 and 2010 for the Bank are presented below. As a savings and loan holding company, the Company is not currently subject to regulatory capital requirements at the holding company level.

	Bank
	2011		2010
December 31, 2011
Total shareholder’s equity	$	127,912	$	98,340
Added(deduct)
Qualifying trust preferred securities		—		—
Accumulated other comprehensive loss / (income)		935		(2,599	)
Intangible assets		—		—
Disallowed capitalized mortgage loan servicing rights		—		—
Disallowed deferred tax assets		—		(104	)
Other		—		—
Tier 1 capital		128,847		95,637
Qualifying trust preferred securities		—		—
Allowance for loan losses and allowance for unfunded lending commitments limited to 1.25% of total risk-weighted assets		9,066		8,015
Total risk-based capital	$	137,913	$	103,652

The Qualified Thrift Lender test requires at least 65% of assets be maintained in housing-related finance and other specified areas. If this test is not met, limits are placed on growth, branching, new investments, FHLB advances and dividends, or the Bank must convert to a commercial bank charter. Management believes that this test is met at December 31, 2011.

Dividend Restrictions: The Company’s principal source of funds for dividend payments is dividends received from the Bank. Banking regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid without prior approval of regulatory agencies. Under these regulations, the amount of dividends that may be paid in any calendar year is limited to the current year’s net profits, combined with the retained net profits of the preceding two years, subject to the capital requirements described above. For 2012, the Bank had $1.8 million plus any net profits generated in 2012 available to pay dividends to the Company.

NOTE 17—RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has granted loans to certain officers and directors and their related interests.

Activity in the loan accounts of officers and directors and their related interests follows for the year ended December 31, 2011:

Balance at beginning of year	$	3
Loans originated		—
Principal repayments		—
Balance at end of year	$	3

110

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their related interests at year-end 2011 and 2010 were $2.2 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

NOTE 18—OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) components and related taxes were as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Unrealized holding gains/(losses) on securities available for sale	$	(3,123	)	$	4,857		$	2,478
Less: Reclassification adjustments for (gains)/losses recognized in income		(2,888	)		(3,274	)		—
Net unrealized gains (losses)		(6,011	)		1,583			2,478
Tax effect		2,473			(651	)		(1,020	)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(3,538	)	$	932		$	1,458

111

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 19—QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31		June 30			September 30		December 31
2011
Interest income	$	8,949	$	8,582		$	8,823	$	8,823
Interest expense		1,794		1,574			1,339		1,330
Net interest income		7,155		7,008			7,484		7,493
Provision for loan losses		0		451			823		4,114
Noninterest income		767		1,635			2,012		499
Noninterest expense		6,816		5,999			7,661		11,213
Income/(loss) before income taxes		1,106		2,193			1,012		(7,335	)
Income tax expense/(benefit)		413		644			368		(1,721	)
Net income/(loss)	$	693	$	1,549		$	644	$	(5,614	)
Dividends on preferred stock		0		0			138		396
Net income/(loss) available to common shareholders	$	693	$	1,549		$	506	$	(6,010	)
Basic earnings/(loss) per common share	$	0.07	$	0.16		$	0.04	$	(0.52	)
Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share	$	0.07	$	0.16		$	0.04	$	(0.52	)
2010
Interest income	$	10,519	$	9,990		$	10,638	$	9,797
Interest expense		3,179		2,965			2,499		2,145
Net interest income		7,340		7,025			8,139		7,652
Provision for loan losses		2,214		5,634			781		328
Noninterest income		367		364			454		3,694
Noninterest expense		4,259		4,925			3,846		9,187
Income (loss) before income taxes		1,234		(3,170	)		3,966		1,831
Income tax expense/(benefit)		359		(713	)		934		456
Net income (loss)	$	875	$	(2,457	)	$	3,032	$	1,375
Dividends on preferred stock		250		251			251		208
Net income/(loss) available to common shareholders	$	625	$	(2,708	)	$	2,781	$	1,167
Basic earnings/(loss) per common share	$	0.15	$	(0.65	)	$	0.66	$	0.15
Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share	$	0.15	$	(0.65	)	$	0.66	$	0.15

The increase in provision for loan losses during the fourth quarter of 2011 resulted from three factors, (a) $84.0 million increase in gross loan balances, the majority of which are commercial real estate loans, (b) further deterioration of legacy problem loans requiring the establishment of additional reserves and (c) additions to the general allowance given the decline in real estate values evident during the fourth quarter of 2011.

112

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The second andthird quarters of 2011 reflected higher non-interest income that resulted from the sale of investment securities. The second quarter sales were from the sale of previously impaired securities that were sold at a gain. The third quarter sales included the sale of numerous private label residential mortgage backed securities that were sold at a gain.

The increase in noninterest expense during the fourth quarter of 2011 resulted from three factors, (a) an increase in salaries and benefits due the accrual of $1.2 million in staff incentives and bonuses, increase in personnel and the payment of director fees; (b) a $1.6 million increase in valuation allowances for OREO reflecting largely from the deterioration in values of foreclosed development properties and land; (c) increased occupancy and advertising expenses due to growth and expansion; and (d) cost of strategic initiatives, including acquisition related expenses.

The increase in provision for loan losses during the second quarter of 2010 related to the deterioration of four loans, including two land development and land loan properties that are now OREO.

The fourth quarter of 2010 reflected higher non-interest income that resulted from the sale of previously impaired securities that were sold at a gain.

The increase in noninterest expense during the fourth quarter of 2010 resulted from three factors, (a) an increase in salaries and benefits due to change of control payments resulting from the recapitalization of the Company in November 2010; (b) an increase in valuation allowances for OREO reflecting largely from the deterioration in values of foreclosed properties; and (c) loss on sale of REO.

NOTE 20—PARENT COMPANY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2011 and 2010

	2011		2010
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	44,717	$	38,053
Securities available-for-sale		1,813		—
ESOP loan		—		507
Accrued interest receivable		3		—
Escrow deposit		3,570		—
Other real estate owned		1,593		—
Other assets		7,728		418
Investment in bank subsidiary		127,912		98,340
Total assets	$	187,336	$	137,318
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	$	2,841	$	1,309
Shareholders’ equity		184,495		136,009
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	187,336	$	137,318

113

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

	2011			2010		2009
Income
Dividends from subsidiary	$	—		$	—	$	—
Interest income on ESOP loan		28			56		84
Interest income on deposits in other financial institutions		130			121		243
Interest income on securities		360			—		—
Net gain/(loss) on sales of securities available-for-sale		(629	)		3,092		—
Total income		(111	)		3,269		327
Other expenses
Other operating expense		2,925			969		347
Income/(loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings/(excess distributions) of bank subsidiary		(3,036	)		2,300		(20	)
Income tax expense/(benefit)		309			622		(8	)
Income/(loss) before equity in undistributed earnings/(excess distributions) of bank subsidiary		(3,345	)		1,678		(12	)
Equity in undistributed earnings/(excess distributions) of bank subsidiary		617			1,147		(987	)
Net income/(loss)	$	(2,728	)	$	2,825	$	(999	)

114

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

	2011			2010			2009
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income/(loss)	$	(2,728	)	$	2,825		$	(999	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash from operating activities:
Equity in (undistributed earnings) excess distributions of bank subsidiary		(617	)		(1,147	)		987
Net accretion of securities		(104	)		—			—
Net (gain)/loss on sales of securities available-for-sale		629			—			—
Increase in valuation allowances on other real estate owned		300			—			—
Change in other assets and liabilities		(14,488	)		672			(42	)
Net cash from operating activities		(17,008	)		2,350			(54	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from principal repayments of securities available-for-sale		2,662			—			—
Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale		12,518			—			—
Purchases of securities available-for-sale		(17,525	)		—			—
Capital contribution to bank subsidiary		(28,800	)		(11,000	)		(8,000	)
Proceeds from ESOP loan payments		507			508			508
Net cash from investing activities		(30,638	)		(10,492	)		(7,492	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Repurchase of preferred stock, net of costs		—			(19,300	)		—
Redemption of warrants, TARP		(1,003	)		—			—
Issuance of warrants, net of costs		—			3,172			(13	)
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock		26,542			52,860			—
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		31,935			—			—
Purchase of treasury stock		(55	)		(5	)		(45	)
Tax effect of ESOP		256			—			—
Tax effect of options redeemed		147			—			—
Dividends paid on common stock		(2,978	)		(1,715	)		(1,554	)
Dividends paid on preferred stock		(534	)		(925	)		(964	)
Net cash from financing activities		54,310			34,087			(2,576	)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		6,664			25,945			(10,122	)
Beginning cash and cash equivalents		38,053			12,108			22,230
Ending cash and cash equivalents	$	44,717		$	38,053		$	12,108

NOTE 21—MERGER AGREEMENTS AND OTHER EVENTS

On June 3, 2011, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire all of the outstanding stock of Gateway Bancorp, the holding company for Gateway Business Bank for an aggregate purchase price of up to $17 million in cash, subject to adjustment for failure to deliver a certain minimum amount of regulatory Tier I

115

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Capital. The closing of the transaction is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including the receipt of all necessary or advisable regulatory approvals. No assurance can be given as to when or whether these approvals will be received. The success of our pending acquisition of Gateway Bancorp will depend on, among other things, our ability to realize anticipated cost savings and to combine the businesses of Pacific Trust Bank (sometimes referred to below as the “Bank”) and Gateway Business Bank in a manner that does not materially disrupt the existing customer relationships of either institution or result in decreased revenues from our respective customers. If we are not able to successfully achieve these objectives, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected. The acquisition will be accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting and is expected to close in 2012, subject to regulatory approvals and certain conditions. No assurance can be given as to when or whether these approvals will be received and conditions will be met. The Company has incurred $1.3 million of costs related to this acquisition that would be expensed if the transaction does not close.

On July 27, 2011, the underwriters of the Company’s public offering of voting common stock completed on June 28, 2011 partially exercised their 30-day overallotment option, resulting in the issuance of an additional 35,000 shares. Together with the 1,583,641 shares the Company issued on June 28, 2011, the Company issued a total of 1,618,641 shares of voting common stock in the underwritten public offering, at a price to the public of $15.50 per share ($14.6475 per share, net of underwriting discounts and commissions), for gross proceeds of approximately $25.1 million.

As a result of the underwriters’ exercise of the overallotment option, St. Cloud Capital Partners II, L.P. and TCW Shared Opportunities Fund V, L.P., each an existing shareholder of the Company (the “Existing Investors”), purchased from the Company an aggregate of 4,583 additional shares of voting common stock. Together with the 207,360 shares issued to the Existing Investors on June 28, 2011, the Company issued a total of 211,943 shares of voting common stock to the Existing Investors in the separate registered offering made directly to them by the Company pursuant to their existing contractual rights, at a price of $14.6475 per share (the same price per share as offered to the public in the underwritten public offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions), for gross proceeds of approximately $3.1 million. The combined net proceeds of the offerings to the Company, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions for the underwritten public offering and expenses, were approximately $27.0 million.

On August 30, 2011, the Company entered into a definitive merger agreement with Beach Business Bank, providing for the merger of Beach Business Bank with and into a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. In the merger, each share of Beach Business Bank common stock will be converted into the right to receive 0.33 of a share of Company common stock, with cash paid in lieu of fractional shares, and $4.61 in cash, subject to certain adjustments. If the value of a share of Company common stock at the closing of the transaction (measured as set forth in the merger agreement) is less than $13.50 or the Company determines that there is a reasonable possibility that the merger will not be treated as a reorganization for tax purposes, (1) the merger will be restructured as a merger of a Company subsidiary with and into Beach Business Bank, and (2) each outstanding share of Beach Business Bank common stock will instead be converted into the right to receive $9.12 in cash and a one-year warrant to purchase 0.33 shares of Company common stock at an exercise price of $14.00 per whole share of Company common stock. The transaction, which has already been approved by the shareholders of Beach Business Bank, is expected to close in 2012, subject to regulatory approvals and other closing conditions. No assurance can be given as to when or whether these approvals will be received and conditions will be met. The Company has incurred $187 thousand of costs related to this acquisition that would be expensed if the transaction does not close.

116

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

No disclosure is required under this Item.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

An evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Section 13(a)-14(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2011, was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and several other members of our senior management within the 90-day period preceding the filing date of this annual report. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (i) accumulated and communicated to our management (including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer) in a timely manner, and (ii) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2011, that have materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

We do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control procedure, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control procedure are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control procedures, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgment in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any control procedure also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control procedure, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

The annual report of management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and the audit report thereon issued by our independent registered public accounting firm are set forth under “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

117

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors and Executive Officers. The information concerning directors of the Company required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year. Information concerning the executive officers of the Company who are not directors is incorporated herein by reference from Part I of this Form 10-K under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant Who Are Not Directors.”

Audit Committee Financial Expert. Information concerning the audit committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, including information regarding the audit committee financial experts serving on the audit committee, is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in May 2012, except for information contained under the heading “Report of the Audit Committee,” a copy of which will be filed not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year.

Code of Ethics. The Company adopted a written Code of Ethics based upon the standards set forth under Item 406 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Act. The Code of Ethics applies to all of the Company’s directors, officers and employees. A copy of the Company’s Code of Ethics was filed with the SEC as Exhibit 14 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004. You may obtain a copy of the Code of Ethics free of charge from the Company by writing to the Corporate Secretary of the Company, 610 Bay Boulevard, Chula Vista, California 91910 or by calling (619) 691-9741. These documents are also available in the corporate governance section of the Company’s website at www.firstpactrustbancorp.com/corporate governance.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance. The information concerning compliance with the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by directors, officers and ten percent stockholders of the Company required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

Nomination Procedures. There have been no material changes to the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees to the Company’s Board of Directors.

Audit Committee Matters. The Board of Directors of the Company has a standing Audit Committee, which has been established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act. The members of that committee are Directors Alvin L. Majors (Chairman), Jeffrey Seabold, and Jeff Karish, all of whom are considered independent under applicable Nasdaq listing standards. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Alvin L. Majors is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information concerning executive compensation required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, except for information contained under the headings “Compensation Committee report on Executive Compensation, and “Report of the Audit Committee,” a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

118

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

Equity Compensation Plan Information. The following table summarizes our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2011.

Plan Category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding  options warrants and rights			Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options warrants and  rights		Number of Securities remaining available for future issuance  under equity compensation plans
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders		68,569		$	15.81		854,325	(1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		850,000	(2)	$	11.71		—

(1) Includes 16,500 shares available for future grants under the Company’s 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and 837,825 shares available for future grants under the Company’s 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Of the 837,825 shares available for future grants under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, 231,431 shares may be utilized for awards other than stock options and stock appreciation rights.

(2) Represents shares awarded to newly hired executive officers under their employment agreements with the Company in reliance on NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c)(4), which exempts employment inducement grants from the general requirement of the NASDAQ Listing Rules that equity-based compensation plans and arrangements be approved by stockholders.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions and director independence required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders except for information contained under the headings “Report of the Audit Committee”, a copy of which will be filed not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

(a) Information concerning principal accountant fees and services is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2012 the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 21, 2012 (excluding the information contained and the heading of “Report of the Audit/Compliance Committee”). A copy of such will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2011.

119

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) Financial Statements: See Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedule: All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the information is not required under the related instructions or is not applicable.

(a)(3) Exhibits

2.1	Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. (sometimes referred to below as the “Registrant” or the “Company”), Gateway Bancorp, Inc. (“Gateway”), each of the stockholders of Gateway and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)	(a)
2.1A	Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 28, 2011, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)	(a)(1)
2.2B	Amendment No. 2, dated as of February 24, 2012, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)	(a)(2)
2.2	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 30, 2011, by and between First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. and Beach Business Bank, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of October 31, 2011	(b)
3.1	Articles of Incorporation of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.	(c)
3.2	Articles of Amendment to the Charter of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.	(d)
3.3	Articles supplementary to the Charter of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. containing the terms of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.’s Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A	(e)
3.4	Articles supplementary to the Charter of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. containing the terms of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock	(f)
3.5	Articles of Amendment to Articles Supplementary to the Charter of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. containing the terms of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock	(g)
3.6	Bylaws of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.	(h)
4.1	Warrant to purchase up to 240,000 shares of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. common stock originally issued on November 1, 2010	(f)
4.2	Warrant to purchase up to 1,395,000 shares of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. common stock originally issued on November 1, 2010	(f)
10.1	Severance Agreement with Hans R. Ganz	(c)
10.2	Severance Agreement with Melanie M. Yaptangco, formerly Stewart	(c)
10.3	Severance Agreement with James P. Sheehy	(c)
10.4	Severance Agreement with Regan J. Lauer (substantially identical to forms of Severance Agreements with Melanie M. Yaptangco and James P. Sheehy)	(c)

120

10.5	Form of Agreement to Modify Severance Benefits with each of Hans R. Ganz, James P. Sheehy, Melanie M. Yaptangco and Regan Lauer	(i)
10.6	Employment Agreement with Gregory A. Mitchell (including as exhibits thereto the forms of agreements for the restricted stock inducement grant and stock option inducement grant made to Mr. Mitchell pursuant to his Employment Agreement)	(f)
10.7	Employment Agreement with Richard Herrin (including as exhibits thereto the forms of agreements for the restricted stock inducement grant and stock option inducement grant made to Mr. Herrin pursuant to his Employment Agreement)	(j)
10.8	Employment Agreement with Matthew Bonaccorso (including as exhibits thereto the forms of agreements for the restricted stock inducement grant and stock option inducement grant made to Mr. Bonaccorso pursuant to his Employment Agreement)	(k)
10.9	Employment Agreement with Gaylin Anderson (including as exhibits thereto the forms of agreements for the restricted stock inducement grant and stock option inducement grant made to Mr. Anderson pursuant to his Employment Agreement)	(k)
10.10	Employment Agreement with Chang Liu (including as exhibits thereto the forms of agreements for the restricted stock inducement grant and stock option inducement grant made to Mr. Liu pursuant to his Employment Agreement)	(k)
10.11	Employment Agreement with Marito Domingo (including as exhibits thereto the forms of agreements for the restricted stock inducement grant and stock option inducement grant made to Mr. Domingo pursuant to his Employment Agreement)	(l)
10.12	Registrant’s 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan	(m)
10.12A	Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan	10.12A
10.12B	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan	10.12B
10.12C	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan	10.12C
10.13	Registrant’s 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan	(n)
10.14	Registrant’s 2003 Recognition and Retention Plan	(n)
10.15	Small Business Lending Fund-Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 30, 2011, between First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. and the Secretary of the United States Treasury	(e)
11.0	Statement regarding computation of per share earnings	None
13.0	Annual Report to Security Holders	None
14.0	Code of Ethics	(o)
15.0	Letter re unaudited interim financial information	None
18.0	Letter regarding change in accounting principles	None
19.0	Report furnished to security holders	None
22.0	Published Report regarding matters submitted to vote of security holders	None
23.0	Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP	23.0
24.0	Power of Attorney	None
31.1	Rule 13(a)-14(a) Certification (Chief Executive Officer)	31.1

121

31.2	Rule 13(a)-14(a) Certification (Chief Financial Officer)	31.2
31.3	Rule 13(a)-14(a) Certification (Principal Accounting Officer)	31.3
32.0	Rule 13(a)-14(a) and 18 U.S.C. 1350 Certification	32.0
101.0	The following financial statements and footnotes from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Shareholder’s Equity; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text.	101.0

* (a) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

(a)(1) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

(a)(2) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference

(b) Filed as Appendix A to the proxy statement/prospectus included in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on November 1, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

(c) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on March 28, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

(d) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

(e) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

(f) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on November 16, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

(g) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 12, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference

(h) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

(i) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on December 20, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

(j) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

(k) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

(l) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 10, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

(m) Filed as an appendix to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on April 25, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference

(n) Filed as an appendix to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on March 21, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

(o) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference

122

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

	FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.
Date: March 30, 2012	By:	/s/    GREGORY A. MITCHELL
		Gregory A. Mitchell, President and Chief Executive Officer
		(Duly Authorized Representative and Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., hereby severally and individually constitute and appoint Gregory A. Mitchell and Marangal I. Domingo, and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys and agents of each of us to execute in the name, place and stead of each of us (individually and in any capacity stated below) any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and all instruments necessary or advisable in connection therewith and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission, each of said attorneys and agents to have the power to act with or without the others and to have full power and authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of each of the undersigned every act whatsoever necessary or advisable to be done in the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as any of the undersigned might or could do in person, and we hereby ratify and confirm our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys and agents or each of them to any and all such amendments and instruments.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date: March 30, 2012	/s/    GREGORY A. MITCHELL         Gregory A. Mitchell President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
Date: March 30, 2012	/S/    MARANGAL I. DOMINGO
	Marangal I. Domingo
	Executive Vice President/ Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
Date: March 30, 2012	/S/    TIMOTHY R. CHRISMAN
	Timothy R. Chrisman Chairman of the Board
Date: March 30, 2012	/S/    CHAD T. BROWNSTEIN
	Chad T. Brownstein, Director
Date: March 30, 2012	/S/    JEFF KARISH
	Jeff Karish, Director
Date: March 30, 2012	/S/    ALVIN L. MAJORS
	Alvin L. Majors, Director
Date: March 30, 2012	/S/    JEFFREY T. SEABOLD
	Jeffrey T. Seabold, Director
Date: March 30, 2012	/S/    STEVEN SUGARMAN
	Steven Sugarman, Director
Date: March 30, 2012	/S/    REGAN J. LAUER
	Regan J. Lauer
	Senior Vice President/ Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

123

EX-10.12A

Exhibit 10.12A

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

2011 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

ISO NO.             

This Option is granted on             , 20         (the “Grant Date”) by First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), to              (the “Optionee”), in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

1. Option Grant and Exercise Period. The Corporation hereby grants to the Optionee an Incentive Stock Option (“Option”) to purchase, pursuant to the First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”), and upon the terms and conditions therein and hereinafter set forth, an aggregate of              shares (the “Option Shares”) of the voting common stock of the Corporation (“Common Stock”) at the price of $             per share (the “Exercise Price”). A copy of the Plan, as currently in effect, is incorporated herein by reference and is attached to this Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein which are not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

This Option shall be exercisable only during the period (the “Exercise Period”) commencing on the date(s) set forth in Section 2 below, and ending at 5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on the date 10 years after the Grant Date, such later time and date being hereinafter referred to as the “Expiration Date,” subject to earlier vesting and/or earlier expiration pursuant to Sections 5 and 7 below.

2. Method of Exercise of This Option. This Option may be exercised during the Exercise Period with respect to not more than the cumulative number of Option Shares set forth below on or after the date(s) indicated, by giving written notice to the Corporation as hereinafter provided specifying the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

Cumulative Number of Option

Shares Exercisable

Date

The notice of exercise of this Option shall be in the form prescribed by the Committee and directed to the address set forth in Section 11 below. The date of exercise is the date on which such notice is received by the Corporation. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Option Shares to be purchased upon such exercise. Payment shall be made (i) in cash or its equivalent, (ii) by tendering previously acquired shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii). In addition, the Corporation may establish a cashless exercise program in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Promptly after such payment, subject to Section 3 below, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to the Optionee or other person exercising this Option a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Common Stock so purchased, registered in the name of the Optionee (or such other person), or, upon request, in the name of the Optionee (or such other person) and in the name of another in such form of joint ownership as requested by the Optionee (or such other person) pursuant to applicable state law. In lieu of issuing a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Common Stock so purchased, the Corporation may cause such shares to be credited to a book entry account maintained by the Corporation (or its transfer agent or other designee) for the benefit of the Optionee or other person exercising this Option, including any joint owner as provided in the immediately preceding sentence.

3. Delivery and Registration of Shares of Common Stock. The Corporation’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock hereunder shall, if the Committee so requests, be conditioned upon the receipt of a representation as to the investment intention of the Optionee or any other person to whom such shares are to be delivered, in such form as the Committee shall determine to be necessary or advisable to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any other Federal, state or local securities law or regulation. In requesting any such representation, it may be provided that such representation requirement shall become inoperative upon a registration of such shares or other action eliminating the necessity of such representation under the Securities Act or other securities law or regulation. The Company shall not be required to deliver any shares upon exercise of this Option prior to (i) the admission of such shares to listing on any stock exchange or system on which the shares of Common Stock may then be listed and (ii) the completion of such registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or Federal law, rule or regulation, as the Committee shall determine to be necessary or advisable.

4. Nontransferability of This Option. Except as otherwise permitted by the Code or the regulations thereunder, this Option may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than upon the Optionee’s death, to the person designated as the Optionee’s Beneficiary, or, if no Beneficiary has been properly designated by the Optionee, by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of the Optionee, this Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or a person acting with the legal authority of the Optionee.

The provisions of this Option shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto, the successors and assigns of the Corporation and any person acting with the legal authority of the Optionee or to whom this Option is transferred in accordance with this Section 4.

5. Termination of Service. The exercisability of this Option following a termination of the service of the Optionee shall be as and to the extent provided in Sections 6.8 and 6.9 of the Plan. In no event shall this Option be exercisable following the Expiration Date.

6. Notice of Sale. The Optionee or any person to whom this Option or the Option Shares shall have been transferred pursuant to Section 4 promptly shall give notice to the Corporation in the event of the sale or other disposition of Option Shares within the later of (i) two years from the Grant Date or (ii) one year from the date of exercise of this Option. Such notice shall specify the number of Option Shares sold or otherwise disposed of and be directed to the address set forth in Section 11 below.

7. Adjustments for Changes in Capitalization of the Corporation. In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, share combination or other change in the corporate structure of the Corporation affecting the shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, such adjustment shall be made in the number and class of shares covered by this Option and Exercise Price of this Option as shall be determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights; and provided that the number of shares subject to this Option shall always be a whole number.

8. Effect of Change in Control. If a Change in Control shall occur, this Option shall (to the extent it is not then so exercisable) become exercisable in full and remain so exercisable for the remainder of its term, subject to Sections 6.8 and 6.9 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing this Option shall not become exercisable to the extent that it has previously been exercised or otherwise terminated.

9. Stockholder Rights Not Granted by This Option. The Optionee is not entitled by virtue hereof to any rights of a stockholder of the Corporation or to notice of meetings of stockholders or to notice of any other proceedings of the Corporation.

10. Withholding Tax. The Corporation shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require the Optionee to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state and local taxes (including the Optionee’s FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to this Option.

11. Notices. All notices hereunder to the Corporation shall be delivered or mailed to it addressed to the Secretary of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., 18500 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 900, Irvine, California 92612. Any notices hereunder to the Optionee shall be delivered personally or mailed to the Optionee’s address noted below. Such addresses for the service of notices may be changed at any time provided written notice of the change is furnished in advance to the Corporation or to the Optionee, as the case may be.

12. Plan and Plan Interpretations as Controlling. This Option and the terms and conditions herein set forth are subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are controlling. All determinations and interpretations made in the discretion of the Committee shall be final and conclusive upon the Optionee or the Optionee’s legal representatives with regard to any question arising hereunder or under the Plan.

13. Optionee Service. Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to terminate the Optionee’s employment or service at any time, nor confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Corporation or any Subsidiary.

14. Loss of Incentive Stock Option Status. If any portion of this Option shall fail, for any reason, to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code (or any successor provision), it shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option under the Plan. The Optionee acknowledges that this Option will lose such qualification if: (a) this Option is exercised by the Optionee more than three months after the Optionee has ceased to be an Employee (if and to the extent this Option is still then exercisable); or (b) the Option Shares acquired upon exercise of this Option are sold or otherwise disposed of within one of the time periods described in Section 6.

15. Optionee Acceptance. The Optionee shall signify his acceptance of the terms and conditions of this Option by signing in the space provided below and returning a signed copy hereof to the Corporation at the address set forth in Section 11 above.

[Signature page follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

	FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.
By:

ACCEPTED:

(Street Address)

(City, State and Zip Code)

EX-10.12B

Exhibit 10.12B

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

2011 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

NQSO NO.             

This Option is granted on             , 20         (the “Grant Date”) by First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), to              (the “Optionee”), in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

1. Option Grant and Exercise Period. The Corporation hereby grants to the Optionee a Non-Qualified Stock Option (“Option”) to purchase, pursuant to the First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”), and upon the terms and conditions therein and hereinafter set forth, an aggregate of              shares (the “Option Shares”) of the voting common stock of the Corporation (“Common Stock”) at the price of $             per share (the “Exercise Price”). A copy of the Plan, as currently in effect, is incorporated herein by reference and is attached to this Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein which are not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

This Option shall be exercisable only during the period (the “Exercise Period”) commencing on the date(s) set forth in Section 2 below, and ending at 5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on the date 10 years after the Grant Date, such later time and date being hereinafter referred to as the “Expiration Date,” subject to earlier vesting and/or earlier expiration pursuant to Sections 5 and 7 below.

2. Method of Exercise of This Option. This Option may be exercised during the Exercise Period with respect to not more than the cumulative number of Option Shares set forth below on or after the date(s) indicated, by giving written notice to the Corporation as hereinafter provided specifying the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

Cumulative Number of Option

Shares Exercisable

Date

The notice of exercise of this Option shall be in the form prescribed by the Committee and directed to the address set forth in Section 10 below. The date of exercise is the date on which such notice is received by the Corporation. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Option Shares to be purchased upon such exercise. Payment shall be made (i) in cash or its equivalent, (ii) by tendering previously acquired shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii). In addition, the Corporation may establish a cashless exercise program in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Promptly after such payment, subject to Section 3 below, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to the Optionee or other person exercising this Option a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Common Stock so purchased, registered in the name of the Optionee (or such other person), or, upon request, in the name of the Optionee (or such other person) and in the name of another in such form of joint ownership as requested by the Optionee (or such other person) pursuant to applicable state law. In lieu of issuing a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Common Stock so purchased, the Corporation may cause such shares to be credited to a book entry account maintained by the Corporation (or its transfer agent or other designee) for the benefit of the Optionee or other person exercising this Option, including any joint owner as provided in the immediately preceding sentence.

3. Delivery and Registration of Shares of Common Stock. The Corporation’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock hereunder shall, if the Committee so requests, be conditioned upon the receipt of a representation as to the investment intention of the Optionee or any other person to whom such shares are to be delivered, in such form as the Committee shall determine to be necessary or advisable to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any other Federal, state or local securities law or regulation. In requesting any such representation, it may be provided that such representation requirement shall become inoperative upon a registration of such shares or other action eliminating the necessity of such representation under the Securities Act or other securities law or regulation. The Company shall not be required to deliver any shares upon exercise of this Option prior to (i) the admission of such shares to listing on any stock exchange or system on which the shares of Common Stock may then be listed and (ii) the completion of such registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or Federal law, rule or regulation, as the Committee shall determine to be necessary or advisable.

4. Nontransferability of This Option. This Option may not be sold, transferred, pledged assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than: (i) upon the Optionee’s death, to the person designated as the Optionee’s Beneficiary or, if no Beneficiary has been properly designated by the Optionee, by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, (ii) pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order or (iii) by gift to any member of the Optionee’s immediate family or to a trust for the benefit of one or more of the Optionee’s immediate family members. During the lifetime of the Optionee, this Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or a person acting with the legal authority of the Optionee unless it has been transferred as permitted hereby, in which case it shall be exercisable only by such transferee. For the purpose of this Section 4, an Optionee’s “immediate family” shall mean the Optionee’s spouse, children and grandchildren.

In the event this Option is transferred as permitted by this Section 4, the person to whom this Option has been transferred may exercise this Option to the extent this Option would have been exercisable by the Optionee if the Option were not so transferred. The provisions of this Option shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto, the successors and assigns of the Corporation and any person acting with the legal authority of the Optionee or to whom this Option is transferred in accordance with this Section 4.

5. Termination of Service. The exercisability of this Option following a termination of the service of the Optionee shall be as and to the extent provided in Sections 6.8 and 6.9 of the Plan. In no event shall this Option be exercisable following the Expiration Date.

6. Adjustments for Changes in Capitalization of the Corporation. In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, share combination or other change in the corporate structure of the Corporation affecting the shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, such adjustment shall be made in the number and class of shares covered by this Option and Exercise Price of this Option as shall be determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights; and provided that the number of shares subject to this Option shall always be a whole number.

7. Effect of Change in Control. If a Change in Control shall occur, this Option shall (to the extent it is not then so exercisable) become exercisable in full and remain so exercisable for the remainder of its term, subject to Sections 6.8 and 6.9 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing this Option shall not become exercisable to the extent that it has previously been exercised or otherwise terminated.

8. Stockholder Rights Not Granted by This Option. The Optionee is not entitled by virtue hereof to any rights of a stockholder of the Corporation or to notice of meetings of stockholders or to notice of any other proceedings of the Corporation.

9. Withholding Tax. The Corporation shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require the Optionee to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state and local taxes (including the Optionee’s FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to this Option.

10. Notices. All notices hereunder to the Corporation shall be delivered or mailed to it addressed to the Secretary of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., 18500 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 900, Irvine, California 92612. Any notices hereunder to the Optionee shall be delivered personally or mailed to the Optionee’s address noted below. Such addresses for the service of notices may be changed at any time provided written notice of the change is furnished in advance to the Corporation or to the Optionee, as the case may be.

11. Plan and Plan Interpretations as Controlling. This Option and the terms and conditions herein set forth are subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are controlling. All determinations and interpretations made in the discretion of the Committee shall be final and conclusive upon the Optionee or the Optionee’s legal representatives with regard to any question arising hereunder or under the Plan.

12. Optionee Service. Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to terminate the Optionee’s employment or service at any time, nor confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Corporation or any Subsidiary.

13. Optionee Acceptance. The Optionee shall signify his acceptance of the terms and conditions of this Option by signing in the space provided below and returning a signed copy hereof to the Corporation at the address set forth in Section 10 above.

[Signature page follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

	FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.
By:

ACCEPTED:

(Street Address)

(City, State and Zip Code)

EX-10.12C

Exhibit 10.12C

FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.

2011 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

RS No.             

Shares of Restricted Stock are hereby awarded on             , 20         by First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), to              (the “Grantee”), in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

1. Share Award. The Corporation hereby awards to the Grantee              shares (the “Shares”) of the voting common stock of the Corporation (“Common Stock”) pursuant to the First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”), and upon the terms and conditions and subject to the restrictions in the Plan and as hereinafter set forth. A copy of the Plan, as currently in effect, is incorporated herein by reference and is attached hereto. Capitalized terms used herein which are not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

2. Restrictions on Transfer and Restricted Period. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3 or Section 8 of this Agreement, during the period (the “Restricted Period”) commencing on the date of this Agreement and terminating on             , 20        , Shares with respect to which the Restricted Period has not lapsed may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated by the Grantee. Shares with respect to which the Restricted Period has lapsed shall sometimes be referred to herein as “Vested.”

Except as otherwise provided in Section 3 or Section 8 of this Agreement, provided that the Grantee is then serving as a Director or an Employee of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, Shares shall become Vested in accordance with the following schedule:

Date of Vesting Number of Shares Vested

3. Termination of Service. Upon the termination of the Grantee’s service, the Shares shall become forfeited or Vested, as the case may be, as and to the extent provided in Sections 8.9 and 8.10 of the Plan.

4. Issuance of the Shares. Promptly after the date of this Agreement, the Corporation shall recognize the Grantee’s ownership of the Shares through (i) a crediting of the Shares to a book entry account maintained by the Corporation (or its transfer agent or other designee) for the benefit of the Grantee, with appropriate electronic notation of the restrictions on transfer provided herein, or another similar method, or (ii) the issuance of a certificate representing the Shares in the name of the Grantee, bearing any legend that the Corporation deems appropriate to reflect the restrictions on transfer provided herein, to be held in custody by the Corporation or its designee for the benefit of the Grantee until the Shares represented thereby become Vested.

The Grantee agrees that simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, the Grantee shall execute the stock power attached hereto and that the Grantee shall promptly deliver such stock power to the Corporation. The Grantee further agrees to execute and deliver any and all additional stock powers and/or other instruments as the Corporation from time to time requests as it may, in its judgment, deem to be advisable to fulfill the purposes of this Agreement.

5. Grantee’s Rights. Subject to all limitations provided in this Agreement, the Grantee, as owner of the Shares during the Restricted Period, shall have all the rights of a stockholder, including, but not limited to, the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid on the Shares and the right to vote such Shares. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in shares of Common Stock, such shares of Common Stock shall be subject to the same restrictions then applicable to the Shares with respect to which they were paid.

6. Vesting. Upon Shares becoming Vested, the Corporation shall release such Shares to the Grantee (i) by appropriate transfer to an unrestricted book entry account maintained by the Corporation (or its transfer agent or other designee) for the benefit of the Grantee (or, if the Grantee is deceased, to the Grantee’s legal representative) or by other appropriate electronic notation of the lapse or expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to such Shares, (ii) by delivering to the Grantee (or, if the Grantee is deceased, to the Grantee’s legal representative) a certificate issued in respect of such Shares (without any legend contemplated by Section 4 above), or (iii) by any other means deemed appropriate by the Corporation.

7. Adjustments for Changes in Capitalization of the Corporation. In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, stock dividend, split up, share combination or other change in the corporate structure of the Corporation affecting the shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, such adjustment shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to this Agreement as shall be determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights, provided that the number of shares covered by this Agreement shall always be a whole number.

8. Effect of Change in Control. If a Change in Control shall occur, all previously unvested Shares shall become Vested in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Shares which have previously been forfeited shall thereafter become Vested.

9. Delivery and Registration of Shares of Common Stock. The Corporation’s obligation to deliver the Shares hereunder shall, if the Committee so requests, be conditioned upon the receipt of a representation as to the investment intention of the Grantee or any other person to whom such Shares are to be delivered, in such form as the Committee shall determine to be necessary or advisable to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any other Federal, state or local securities regulation. It may be provided that any representation requirement shall become inoperative upon a registration of such shares or other action eliminating the necessity of such representation under such Securities Act or other securities regulation. The Corporation shall not be required to deliver any shares of Common Stock hereunder prior to (i) the admission of such shares to listing on any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock may then be listed or quoted and (ii) the completion of such registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or Federal law, rule or regulation, as the Committee shall determine to be necessary or advisable.

10. Plan and Plan Interpretations as Controlling. The Shares hereby awarded and the terms and conditions herein set forth are subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are controlling. All determinations and interpretations made in the discretion of the Committee shall be binding and conclusive upon the Grantee or the Grantee’s legal representatives with regard to any question arising hereunder or under the Plan.

11. Grantee Service. Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to terminate the Grantee’s employment or service at any time, nor confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Corporation or any Subsidiary.

12. Withholding Tax. Upon Shares becoming Vested (or at any such earlier time, if any, that an election is made by the Grantee under Section 83(b) of the Code, or any successor provision thereto), the Corporation may withhold from any payment or distribution made hereunder sufficient Shares to cover any applicable withholding and employment taxes, or require the Grantee to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy such taxes. The Corporation shall have the right to deduct from all dividends paid with respect to Shares the amount of any taxes which the Corporation is required to withhold with respect to such dividend payments, or require the Grantee to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy such taxes.

13. Grantee Acceptance. The Grantee shall signify the Grantee’s acceptance of the terms and conditions of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below, by signing the attached stock power, and by returning a signed copy hereof and of the attached stock power to the Corporation.

[Signature page follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

	FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP, INC.
By:
	ACCEPTED:
	(Street Address)
	(City, State & Zip Code)

STOCK POWER

For value received, I hereby sell, assign, and transfer to First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) all shares of the voting common stock of the Corporation, standing in my name on the books and records of the Corporation (whether in certificated form or book-entry or similar form), that are issued to me pursuant to that certain Restricted Stock Agreement, dated             , 20        , to which the Corporation and I are parties (as the same may from time to time be amended, the “Agreement”), and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Corporation attorney, with full power of substitution, to transfer this stock on the books and records of the aforesaid Corporation. To the extent the restrictions on transfer of any portion of such shares under the Agreement have lapsed or expired, this Stock Power shall cease to be of legal effect with respect to that portion of such shares following their release to me, free of restriction, as provided in the Agreement.

Dated:

In the presence of:

EX-23

Exhibit 23.0

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-170621 and 333-170622 on Form S-3 and 333-105728 and 333-105729 on Form S-8 of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated March 30, 2012 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which report appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/    Crowe Horwath LLP

Crowe Horwath LLP

Costa Mesa, California

March 30, 2012

1

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Gregory A. Mitchell, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures; and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation, and based on our evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of our annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 30, 2012	By:	/S/    GREGORY A. MITCHELL
		Gregory A. Mitchell President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Marangal I. Domingo, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures; and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation, and based on our evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of our annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

Date: March 30, 2012	By:	/S/    MARANGAL I. DOMINGO
		Marangal I. Domingo Chief Financial Officer

EX-31.3

Exhibit 31.3

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Regan J. Lauer, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures; and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation, and based on our evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of our annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

Date: March 30, 2012	By:	/S/    REGAN J. LAUER
		Regan J. Lauer Senior Vice President/Controller (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

EX-32

Exhibit 32

SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATION

Each of the undersigned hereby certifies in his or her capacity as an officer of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. (“the Company”) that this Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that the information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods presented in the financial statements included in such report.

Date: March 30, 2012	By:	/S/    GREGORY A. MITCHELL
		Gregory A. Mitchell
		President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
Date: March 30, 2012	By:	/s/    MARANGAL I. DOMINGO
		Marangal I. Domingo
		Chief Financial Officer
Date: March 30, 2012	By:	/s/    REGAN J. LAUER
		Regan J. Lauer
		Senior Vice President/Controller (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

XML

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Abstract]

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

NOTE 18—OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) components and related taxes were as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Unrealized holding gains/(losses) on securities available for sale	$	(3,123	)	$	4,857		$	2,478
Less: Reclassification adjustments for (gains)/losses recognized in income		(2,888	)		(3,274	)		—
Net unrealized gains (losses)		(6,011	)		1,583			2,478
Tax effect		2,473			(651	)		(1,020	)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(3,538	)	$	932		$	1,458

XML

Employee Stock Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Employee Stock Compensation [Abstract]

Employee Stock Compensation

NOTE 2—EMPLOYEE STOCK COMPENSATION

The Company has multiple share based compensation plans as described below. Total compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Company's stock compensation plans was $1.2 million, $123 thousand and $123 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The total income tax benefit/(expense) was $143 thousand, $(6 thousand) and $(46 thousand) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Recognition and Retention Plan

A Recognition and Retention Plan ("RRP") provides for the issuance of shares to directors, officers, and employees. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the shares based on the market value at date of grant. Pursuant to its 2003 stock-based incentive plan, total shares issuable under the plan are 211,600. At December 31, 2011, all 211,600 shares were issued. These shares vest over a five-year period. Compensation expense for the RRP awards totaled approximately $412 thousand, $29 thousand and $77 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, there was $102 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to 9,158 nonvested awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than five years

A summary of changes in the Company's nonvested shares for the year ended December 31, 2011 follows:

Nonvested shares	Shares			Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair-Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011		12,378		$	17.67
Granted		—			—
Vested		(2,780	)		12.73
Forfeited/expired		(540	)		22.23
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		9,058		$	18.91

Additionally, one-time inducement restricted shares were granted during 2010 and 2011 to newly hired executive officers. During the year ended December 31, 2011, 5,000 shares were granted. The remaining 21,500 shares were granted during the year ended December 31, 2010. Of these shares, none were exercised during 2011 or 2010. These one-time inducement shares vest over a three year period. Compensation expense for the inducement awards totaled approximately $99 thousand and $0 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, there was $222 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to 26,500 nonvested inducement awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than three years

A summary of changes related to the Company's nonvested inducement awards for the year ended December 31, 2011 follows:

	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Nonvested at January 1, 2011		21,500	$	11.57
Granted		5,000		14.48
Vested		—		—
Forfeited or expired		—		—
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		26,500	$	12.12

During June 2011, the Company adopted an Omnibus Incentive Plan under the terms of which participating employees and directors may be awarded stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, other stock-based awards or cash awards. The total number of shares of common stock available for awards under the plan is 950,000, of which no more than 300,000 may be used for awards other than stock options and stock appreciation rights. There were 43,606 shares awarded as restricted shares from this plan as of December 31, 2011. The vesting of these shares varies with vesting periods up to two years. Compensation expense for these awards totaled approximately $260 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, there was $243 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to 23,158 nonvested awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than two years.

A summary of changes related to the Company's nonvested inducement awards for the year ended December 31, 2011 follows:

	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Nonvested at January 1, 2011		—		—
Granted		43,606	$	11.54
Vested		20,448		10.55
Forfeited or expired		—		—
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		23,158	$	12.42

Stock Options

In addition to the Omnibus Incentive Plan discussed above, the Company has a Stock Option Plan ("SOP") which provides for the issuance of options to directors, officers, and employees. The Company recorded stock compensation expense of $816 thousand, $94 thousand and $46 thousand as salary and employee benefits expense during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company adopted the SOP during 2003 under the terms of which 529,000 shares of the Company's common stock may be awarded. At December 31, 2011, the number of shares available for future awards was 16,500. The options become exercisable in equal installments over a five-year period from the date of grant. The options expire ten years from the date of grant. The fair value of options granted are computed using option pricing models, using the following weighted-average assumptions as of grant date. The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using a closed form option valuation (Black-Scholes) model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of the Company's common stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and post-vesting termination behavior. The expected term of options granted is based on historical data and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, which takes into account that the options are not transferable. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. There were no options granted in 2011 or 2010 under the SOP. There were no options exercised or forfeited during the year ended December 31, 2011 and during the year ended December 31, 2010 all options for the SOP were forfeited or expired or cancelled in exchange for cash payments.

During 2010 and 2011, 850,000 inducement options were issued to newly hired executive officers, of which 80,000 inducement options were awarded during the year ended December 31, 2011. These one-time inducement options were granted outside of the existing SOP plan and the Omnibus Incentive Plan. None of these options were exercised during 2011. These options have a three year vesting period. As of December 31, 2011, there was $1.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than three years.

	May 6, 2011
Options granted		80,000
Estimated fair value of stock options granted		3.40
Risk-free interest rate		0.96	%
Expected term		3 year
Expected stock price volatility		40.87	%
Dividend yield		2.89	%

The following table represents inducement option activity during the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding at beginning of year January 1, 2011		770,000	$	11.42
Granted		80,000		14.48
Exercised		—		—
Forfeited or expired		—		—
Outstanding at end of year December 31, 2011		850,000	$	11.71		1.91
Fully vested and expected to vest		807,500	$	11.12		1.91
Options exercisable at December 31, 2011		256,664	$	11.42		1.86

During the year ended December 31, 2011, 68,569 shares were awarded as stock options from the Omnibus Incentive Plan. These options were awarded to Company and Bank directors in lieu of, or in combination with cash compensation for director services. No options were issued during the quarter ended December 31, 2011. The options become exercisable one-year from the date of grant. The options expire ten years from the date of grant. The fair value of options granted are computed using option pricing models, using the following weighted-average assumptions as of grant date. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a closed form option valuation (Black Scholes) model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of the Company's common stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and post-vesting termination behavior. The expected term of options granted is based on historical data and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, which takes into account that the options are not transferable. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $133 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than 1 year.

	June 20, 2011
Options granted		68,569
Estimated fair value of stock options granted		3.65
Risk-free interest rate		0.67	%
Expected term		3 year
Expected stock price volatility		40.72	%
Dividend yield		2.89	%

The following table represents option activity under the Omnibus Incentive Plan during the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding at beginning of year January 1, 2011		—	$	—
Granted		68,569		15.81
Exercised		—		—
Forfeited or expired		—		—
Outstanding at end of year December 31, 2011		68,569	$	15.81		0.47
Fully vested and expected to vest		65,141	$	15.02		0.47
Options exercisable at December 31, 2011		—		—		—

Information related to the stock option plans during each year follows:

	2011		2010		2009
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$	—	$	—	$	—
Cash received from option exercises		—		—		—
Tax benefit realized from option exercises		—		—		—

The intrinsic value for stock options is calculated based on the exercise price of the underlying awards and the market price of our common stock as of the reporting date. At December 31, 2011, the intrinsic value of all options outstanding, fully vested and expected to vest and exercisable was zero as the closing stock price was lower than the exercise prices. ASC 718 and 505 require the recognition of stock based compensation for the number of awards that are ultimately expected to vest. As a result, recognized stock compensation expense was reduced for estimated forfeitures prior to vesting primarily based on historical annual forfeiture rates of approximately 5% for senior management and the board of directors and 45% for all other employees. Estimated forfeitures will be reassessed in subsequent periods and may change based on new facts and circumstances.

forfeiture rates of approximately 5% for senior management and the board of directors and 45% for all other employees. Estimated forfeitures will be reassessed in subsequent periods and may change based on new facts and circumstances.

Warrants

On November 1, 2010, the Company issued warrants to TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P. for up to 240,000 shares of non-voting common stock at an exercise price of $11.00 per share, subject to anti-dilutive adjustments. These warrants are exercisable from the date of issuance through November 1, 2015. On November 1, 2010, the Company also issued warrants to COR Advisors LLC to purchase up to 1,395,000 shares of non-voting stock at an exercise price of $11.00 per share, subject to anti-dilutive adjustments. These warrants are exercisable with respect to 95,000 shares on January 1, 2011 and an additional 130,000 shares on the first day of each of the next ten calendar quarterly periods beginning on April 1, 2011, subject to earlier vesting upon a "change in control" of the Company or in the discretion of our board of directors. These warrants are exercisable with respect to each vesting tranche for five years after the tranche's vesting date. The warrants are exercisable for voting common stock in lieu of non-voting common stock following the transfer of the warrants in a widely disbursed offering or in other limited circumstances.

XML

Merger Agreements And Other Events

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Merger Agreements And Other Events [Abstract]

Merger Agreements And Other Events

NOTE 21—MERGER AGREEMENTS AND OTHER EVENTS

On June 3, 2011, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire all of the outstanding stock of Gateway Bancorp, the holding company for Gateway Business Bank for an aggregate purchase price of up to $17 million in cash, subject to adjustment for failure to deliver a certain minimum amount of regulatory Tier I Capital. The closing of the transaction is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including the receipt of all necessary or advisable regulatory approvals. No assurance can be given as to when or whether these approvals will be received. The success of our pending acquisition of Gateway Bancorp will depend on, among other things, our ability to realize anticipated cost savings and to combine the businesses of Pacific Trust Bank (sometimes referred to below as the "Bank") and Gateway Business Bank in a manner that does not materially disrupt the existing customer relationships of either institution or result in decreased revenues from our respective customers. If we are not able to successfully achieve these objectives, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected. The acquisition will be accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting and is expected to close in 2012, subject to regulatory approvals and certain conditions. No assurance can be given as to when or whether these approvals will be received and conditions will be met. The Company has incurred $1.3 million of costs related to this acquisition that would be expensed if the transaction does not close.

On July 27, 2011, the underwriters of the Company's public offering of voting common stock completed on June 28, 2011 partially exercised their 30-day overallotment option, resulting in the issuance of an additional 35,000 shares. Together with the 1,583,641 shares the Company issued on June 28, 2011, the Company issued a total of 1,618,641 shares of voting common stock in the underwritten public offering, at a price to the public of $15.50 per share ($14.6475 per share, net of underwriting discounts and commissions), for gross proceeds of approximately $25.1 million.

As a result of the underwriters' exercise of the overallotment option, St. Cloud Capital Partners II, L.P. and TCW Shared Opportunities Fund V, L.P., each an existing shareholder of the Company (the "Existing Investors"), purchased from the Company an aggregate of 4,583 additional shares of voting common stock. Together with the 207,360 shares issued to the Existing Investors on June 28, 2011, the Company issued a total of 211,943 shares of voting common stock to the Existing Investors in the separate registered offering made directly to them by the Company pursuant to their existing contractual rights, at a price of $14.6475 per share (the same price per share as offered to the public in the underwritten public offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions), for gross proceeds of approximately $3.1 million. The combined net proceeds of the offerings to the Company, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions for the underwritten public offering and expenses, were approximately $27.0 million.

On August 30, 2011, the Company entered into a definitive merger agreement with Beach Business Bank, providing for the merger of Beach Business Bank with and into a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. In the merger, each share of Beach Business Bank common stock will be converted into the right to receive 0.33 of a share of Company common stock, with cash paid in lieu of fractional shares, and $4.61 in cash, subject to certain adjustments. If the value of a share of Company common stock at the closing of the transaction (measured as set forth in the merger agreement) is less than $13.50 or the Company determines that there is a reasonable possibility that the merger will not be treated as a reorganization for tax purposes, (1) the merger will be restructured as a merger of a Company subsidiary with and into Beach Business Bank, and (2) each outstanding share of Beach Business Bank common stock will instead be converted into the right to receive $9.12 in cash and a one-year warrant to purchase 0.33 shares of Company common stock at an exercise price of $14.00 per whole share of Company common stock. The transaction, which has already been approved by the shareholders of Beach Business Bank, is expected to close in 2012, subject to regulatory approvals and other closing conditions. No assurance can be given as to when or whether these approvals will be received and conditions will be met. The Company has incurred $187 thousand of costs related to this acquisition that would be expensed if the transaction does not close.

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, the Bank and PTB Property Holdings, LLC. All significant intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

Nature of Operations: The principal business of the Company is the ownership of the Bank. The Bank is a federally chartered stock savings bank and a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system, which maintains insurance on deposit accounts with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).

The Bank is engaged in the business of retail banking, with operations conducted through its main office and eleven branches located in San Diego, Los Angeles and Riverside counties. There are no significant concentrations of loans to any one industry or customer. However, the customer's ability to repay their loans is dependent on the real estate market and general economic conditions in the area.

The accounting and reporting polices of the Company are based upon U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and conform to predominant practices within the banking industry. Significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented below.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and disclosures provided, and actual results could differ. The allowance for loan losses, other real estate owned, realization of deferred tax assets, and the fair value of financial instruments are particularly subject to change and such change could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Cash Flows: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits with other financial institutions with original maturities under 90 days, and daily federal funds sold. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, interest bearing deposits in other financial institutions, and federal funds purchased, including overnight borrowings with the Federal Home Loan Bank.

Interest-bearing Deposits in Other Financial Institutions: Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions mature within 90 days and are carried at cost.

Securities: Debt securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale when they might be sold before maturity. Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as available-for-sale. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses, net of taxes, reported in other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax.

Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method.

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. The investment securities portfolio is evaluated for OTTI by segregating the portfolio into two general segments and applying the appropriate OTTI model. Investment securities classified as available for sale or held-to-maturity are generally evaluated for OTTI under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Accounting Standards Codification "ASC" 320, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. However, certain purchased beneficial interests, including non-agency mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and collateralized debt obligations, that had credit ratings at the time of purchase of below AA are evaluated using the model outlined in ASC 325, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests that Continue to be Held by a Transfer in Securitized Financial Assets.

In determining OTTI under the ASC 320 model, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the Company has the intent to sell the debt security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether OTTI exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.

The second segment of the portfolio uses the OTTI guidance provided by ASC 325 that is specific to purchased beneficial interests that, on the purchase date, were rated below AA. Under the ASC 325 model, the Company compares the present value of the remaining cash flows as estimated at the preceding evaluation date to the current expected remaining cash flows. An OTTI is deemed to have occurred if there has been an adverse change in the remaining expected future cash flows.

When OTTI occurs under either model, the amount of the OTTI recognized in earnings depends on whether the Company intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss. If the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss, the OTTI is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment's amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the OTTI is separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total OTTI related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings becomes the new amortized cost basis of the investment.

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock: The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

Affordable Housing Fund: The Company has a 19% equity investment in an affordable housing fund originally totaling $4.2 million for purposes of obtaining tax credits and for Community Reinvestment Act purposes. This investment is accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, the Company recognizes its ownership share of the profits and losses of the fund. The Company obtains tax credits from these investments which reduce income tax expense for a period of 10 years. This investment is regularly evaluated for impairment by comparing the carrying value to the remaining tax credits expected to be received. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 our share of the fund's operating loss was $313 thousand, $327 thousand, and $338 thousand, respectively. The balance of the investment at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was $1.6 million and $1.9 million, respectively, and is included in other assets.

Loans: Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of purchase premiums and discounts, deferred loan fees and costs, and an allowance for loan losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance and includes amortization of net deferred loan fees and costs over the loan term. Interest income on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 91 days delinquent unless the loan is well secured and in process of collection. Consumer loans, other than those secured by real estate, are typically charged off no later than 180 days past due. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual, is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Concentration of Credit Risk: Most of the Company's business activity is with customers located within San Diego, Los Angeles, and Riverside Counties. Therefore, the Company's exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in the economy in San Diego and Riverside County area.

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate by management to provide for probable incurred credit losses. The allowance is increased by provisions charged against income, while loan losses are charged against the allowance when management deems a loan balance to be uncollectible. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The Company performs an analysis of the adequacy of the allowance on a monthly basis. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management's judgment, should be charged off. The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company evaluates all impaired loans individually under the guidance of ASC 310, primarily through the evaluation of collateral values and cash flows. Loans, for which the terms have been modified, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Troubled debt restructurings are also measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's effective rate at inception or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Troubled debt restructurings are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For troubled debt restructurings that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.

The general component covers loans that are not impaired and is determined by portfolio segment and is based on actual loss history experienced by the Company. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; effects of changes in credit concentrations and other factors. The historical loss analysis is also combined with a comprehensive loan to value analysis to analyze the associated risks in the current loan portfolio. For 2011, the Company used a three year loss look back for determining the level of its allowance for loan losses. Prior to this, the Company used a one year look back. This change, which was not material, was made to better reflect the improving state of the loan portfolio as delinquencies have declined and loan losses have leveled. An updated loan to value analysis is obtained from an independent firm semi-annually, most recently in November 2011. Management uses available information to recognize loan losses, however, future loan loss provisions may be necessary based on changes in the above mentioned factors. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses and may require the Bank to recognize additional provisions based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination.

The following portfolio segments have been identified: commercial and industrial, commercial real estate mortgage, multi-family, land, residential real estate one-to four- family first mortgage, residential real estate one-to four- family junior lien mortgage, and other revolving credit and installment. The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis includes all loans delinquent over 60 days and non-homogenous loans such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. Classification of problem single-family residential loans is performed on a monthly basis while analysis of non-homogenous loans is performed on a quarterly basis.

Loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate properties generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one-to four- family residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loan secured by multi-family and commercial real estate properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of these loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. Commercial business loans are also considered to have a greater degree of credit risk due to the fact these loans are typically made on the basis of the borrower's ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower's business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself (which, in turn, is often dependent in part upon general economic conditions). Consumer and other real estate loans may entail greater risk than do one- to four- family residential mortgage loans given that collection of these loans is dependent on the borrower's continuing financial stability and, thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy. Negatively amortizing and interest only loans are also considered to carry a higher degree of credit risk due to their unique cash flows. The Green Mortgages tend to have lower levels of delinquencies as a result of the borrower's ability to meet their monthly payments obligations by increasing the level of their line of credit. Credit risk on this asset class is also managed through the completion of regular re-appraisals of the underlying collateral and monitoring of the borrowers usage of this account to determine if the borrower is making monthly payments from external sources or "draw downs" on their line. In cases where the property values have declined to levels less than the original loan-to-value, or other levels deemed prudent by the Bank, the Bank may freeze the line and/or require monthly payments or principal reductions to bring the loan in balance.

Classified Assets: Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered by the Office of Thrift Supervision, and, as of July 21, 2011, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, its successor regulator (collectively referred to as the "the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or OCC"), to be of lesser quality, as "substandard," "doubtful" or "loss." An asset is considered "substandard" if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. "Substandard" assets include those characterized by the "distinct possibility" that the insured institution will sustain "some loss" if the deficiencies are not corrected. The Bank includes in its classification of "Substandard Assets" loans that are performing under terms of a TDR, but where the borrower has yet to make twelve or more payments under the TDR, and where the loan remains impaired, as well as loans where the borrower is current in his or her payments on the subject Classified Loan but may be a guarantor on another loan that is classified as a result of weakness in the credit or collateral ("Relationship"). TDR loans that have continued to make payments for twelve months or more, but where the collateral remains impaired, retain a "Substandard" classification. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank had $827 thousand of loans classified as "substandard" and TDR with less than twelve months of payment performance, $10.8 million of TDR loans classified as "substandard" with payment performance for more than twelve months and $7.5million of "substandard" loans where the borrower was current on all payments but where the Relationship was rated "Substandard" for various reasons. Assets classified as "doubtful" have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified "substandard," with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make "collection or liquidation in full," on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, "highly questionable and improbable." Assets classified as "loss" are those considered "uncollectible" and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general or specific allowances for loan losses in an amount deemed prudent by management and approved by the Board of Directors. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated with lending activities, but, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as "loss," it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge off such amount. An institution's determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the OCC and the FDIC, which may order the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.

In connection with the filing of our periodic reports with the OCC and in accordance with our classification of assets policy, we regularly review the problem assets in our portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations.

Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and are depreciated using the straight-line method with average useful lives ranging from five to forty years. Building and leasehold improvements are depreciated using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives not to exceed the lease term. Lease terms range up to ten years. Furniture, fixtures, and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from five to seven years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements that extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized.

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock: The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

Other Real Estate Owned: Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. In general, the Bank assumes a 9% cost when recording fair value based on historical selling expenses. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Operating costs after acquisition are expensed.

Bank Owned Life Insurance: The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain key and former executives. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at its cash surrender value (or the amount that can be realized). Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Long-term Assets: Premises and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Statements: Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Stock-Based Compensation: Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company's common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Income Taxes: Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is "more likely than not" that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the "more likely than not" test, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company had a $1.3 million valuation allowance for its net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2011. See further discussion in Note 15, Income Taxes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to examination by U.S. Federal taxing authorities for years before 2008 and for all state income taxes before 2007.

The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company had $0 accrued for interest and penalties at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan: The cost of shares issued to the ESOP but not yet allocated to participants is shown as a reduction of shareholders' equity. Compensation expense is based on the average market price of shares as they are committed to be released to participant accounts. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares reduce retained earnings; dividends on unearned ESOP shares reduce debt and accrued interest. There were 1,861 shares and 144 shares forfeited for the period ending December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Earnings/(Loss) Per Common Share: Basic earnings/(loss) per common share is net income/(loss) available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. ESOP shares are considered outstanding for this calculation unless unearned. All outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to non-forfeitable dividends are considered participating securities for this calculation. Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share includes the dilutive effect of additional potential common shares issuable under stock options, stock awards and warrants. Dividends paid, and the accretion of discount on the Company's preferred stock, reduce the earnings available to common shareholders.

Comprehensive Income/(Loss): Comprehensive income/(loss) consists of net income/(loss) and other comprehensive income or loss. Other comprehensive income or loss includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, net of tax, which are also recognized as a separate component of shareholders' equity.

Loss Contingencies: Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Restrictions on Cash: Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank was required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements.

Dividend Restriction: Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to the Company or by the Company to shareholders.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments: Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

Operating Segments: While the chief decision-makers monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, the identifiable segments are not material and operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. Operating segments are aggregated into one as operating results for all segments are similar. Accordingly, all of the financial services operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

Reclassifications: Some items in the prior year financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Reclassifications had no effect on prior year net income/(loss) or shareholders' equity.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards: In December 2010, the FASB amended existing guidance relating to goodwill impairment testing. This guidance requires that if the carrying amount of a reporting unit is zero or negative, a qualitative assessment be performed to determine if it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired. Step 2 of the impairment test shall be performed if it is determined that it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired. The effect of adopting this standard did not have a material effect on the Company's operating results or financial condition.

In April 2011, the FASB amended existing guidance for assisting a creditor in determining whether a restructuring is a troubled debt restructuring. The amendments clarify the guidance for a creditor's evaluation of whether it has granted a concession and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. With regard to determining whether a concession has been granted, the ASU clarifies that creditors are precluded from using the effective interest method to determine whether a concession has been granted. In the absence of using the effective interest method, a creditor must now focus on other considerations such as the value of the underlying collateral, evaluation of other collateral or guarantees, the debtor's ability to access other funds at market rates, interest rate increases and whether the restructuring results in a delay in payment that is insignificant. The adoption of ASU 2011-02 resulted in additional disclosures regarding troubled debt restructurings included in the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In May, 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements between U.S. and International accounting principles. Overall, the guidance is consistent with existing U.S. accounting principles; however, there are some amendments that change a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The provisions of this update did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2011, the FASB amended existing guidance relating to goodwill impairment testing. The amendment permits an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing these events or circumstances, it is concluded that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. The amendments in this guidance are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this amendment did not impact the Company's consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

Newly Issued But Not Yet Effective Accounting Standards:

In June 2011, the FASB amended existing guidance and eliminated the option to present the components of other comprehensive income/(loss) as part of the statement of shareholder's equity. The amendment requires that comprehensive income or loss be presented in either a single continuous statement following the consolidated statement of operations or in two separate consecutive statements. The amendments in this guidance are effective for interim and annual periods that begin after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this amendment will change the presentation of the components of comprehensive income or loss for the Company as part of the consolidated statement of shareholder's equity.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Financial Condition (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks	$ 6,755	$ 5,371
Interest-bearing deposits	37,720	53,729
Total cash and cash equivalents	44,475	59,100
Securities available for sale	101,616	64,790
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost	6,972	8,323
Loans, net of allowance of $12,780 at December 31, 2011 and $14,637 at December 31, 2010	775,609	678,175
Accrued interest receivable	3,569	3,531
Other real estate owned, net	14,692	6,562
Premises and equipment, net	10,585	6,344
Bank owned life insurance investment	18,451	18,151
Prepaid FDIC assessment	2,405	3,521
Other assets	20,667	13,124
Total assets	999,041	861,621
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Noninterest-bearing demand	20,039	15,171
Interest-bearing demand	68,578	44,860
Money market accounts	188,658	89,708
Savings accounts	39,176	124,620
Certificates of deposit	469,883	371,949
Total deposits	786,334	646,308
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank	20,000	75,000
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	8,212	4,304
Total liabilities	814,546	725,612
Commitments and contingent liabilities
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, $.01 par value per share, $1,000 per share liquidation preference for a total of $32,000; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 32,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011; No shares issued or outstanding at December 31, 2010	31,934
Common stock	117	99
Additional paid-in capital	150,786	123,170
Retained earnings	27,623	35,773
Treasury stock, at cost (December 31, 2011-1,174,932 shares, December 31, 2010-1,170,162 shares,)	(25,037)	(25,135)
Unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) shares (December 31, 2011-0 shares, December 31, 2010-42,320 shares)		(507)
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)	(939)	2,599
Total shareholders' equity	184,495	136,009
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	999,041	861,621
Class B Non-Voting Non-Convertible Common Stock
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common stock	$ 11	$ 10

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Shareholder's Equity (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Consolidated Statements Of Shareholder's Equity [Abstract]
Purchase of treasury stock, shares	5,224	506	6,922
Dividends declared, per common share	$ 0.45	$ 0.25	$ 0.25
Issuance of preferred shares	32,000
Issuance costs of preferred stock	$ 66

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Income Taxes

NOTE 15—INCOME TAXES

Allocation of federal and state income taxes between current and deferred portions is as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Current tax provision
Federal	$	(2,245	)	$	1,589		$	(1,798	)
State		—			648			—
		(2,245	)		2,237			(1,798	)
Deferred tax (benefit) expense
Federal		457			(885	)		199
State		163			(316	)		(96	)
		620			(1,201	)		103
Change in Valuation Allowance		1,329			—			—
Income tax expense (benefit)	$	(296	)	$	1,036		$	(1,695	)

The reasons for the differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rates are summarized as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Statutory federal tax rate		(34.0	)%		34.0	%		(34.0	)%
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit		3.6			5.7			(2.4	)
California housing fund investment		(12.8	)		(11.3	)		(16.1	)
Bank owned life insurance		(3.4	)		(1.9	)		(4.7	)
Change in valuation allowance		43.9			—			—
Other, net		(7.1	)		0.3			(5.7	)
Effective tax rates		(9.8	)%		26.8	%		(62.9	)%

The components of the net deferred tax asset, included in other assets, are as follows:

	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for loan losses	$	5,260		$	6,031
Section 475 mark-to-market adjustment		—			1,817
Stock Option Plan		364			28
Deferred California tax		1			348
Investment in Partnership		135			125
Depreciation		14			83
AMT and general business credit carryforward		1,038			—
OREO write-downs		1,679			1,390
RRP Plan		56			—
Nonaccrual loans		469			—
California net operating loss		945			407
Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale		656			—
Other		312			398
		10,929			10,627
Deferred tax liabilities
Deferred loan costs		(457	)		(751	)
FHLB stock dividends		(567	)		(677	)
Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale		—			(1,817	)
Section 475 mark-to-market adjustment		(683	)		—
RRP Plan		—			(58	)
Other		(250	)		(205	)
		(1,957	)		(3,508	)
Valuation allowance		(1,329	)		—
Net deferred tax asset	$	7,643		$	7,119

The Company accounts for income taxes by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities based upon temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of its assets and liabilities. A valuation allowances is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Each quarter, the Company reviews its analysis of whether a valuation allowance should be recorded against its net deferred tax assets. Accounting literature states that a deferred tax asset should be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50%) that some portion or the entire net deferred tax asset will not be realized. The determination of whether a net deferred tax asset is realizable is based on weighting all available evidence, including both positive and negative evidence. In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. Although realization is not assured, the Company believes that the realization of all but approximately 15% of the recognized net deferred tax asset (DTA) at December 31, 2011 is more likely than not based upon available tax planning strategies and expectations as to future taxable income. At December 31, 2011, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $7.6 million, net of a $1.3 million valuation allowance.

As a result of net losses incurred in 2011 and 2009, the Company is in a three-year cumulative pretax loss position at December31, 2011. This three-year cumulative loss position is considered significant negative evidence in assessing the need to establish a valuation allowance for the net DTA. The Company has concluded that there is sufficient positive evidence to overcome the majority of this negative evidence. While significant positive evidence is present, management believes that given the weight of the evidence from the three-year cumulative loss it is appropriate to establish a $1.3 million DTA valuation allowance as of December 31, 2011. The positive evidence includes the fact that the cumulative pre-tax loss was a result of the Company's discontinued builder lending business. The Company believes that the losses incurred in 2009 and 2011 were primarily due to its construction lending and land loan program which is no longer a part of the Company's business strategy since 2008. The majority of loan losses during 2007 through 2011 were specifically tied to six construction and land loans. Of these, two are no longer on the books and the other four have been foreclosed on and are actively listed OREO properties. The remaining balance of construction lending and land loans totals approximately $5 million as of December 31, 2011 and none are considered to be nonperforming.

Management believes that these facts provide evidence indicating that further losses from this previous lending program are not likely to approach the historical loss levels; for 2012, with the recent loan growth in 2011, the Company has built its net interest margin to an earnings rate that achieves the 2012 budget, and the Company forecasts sufficient taxable income in the next three years (2012 – 2014) to utilize at least 85% of the net DTA balance as of December 31, 2011. The 2012 to 2014 forecast assumes similar trends in asset quality improvement as experienced by the Company in 2011 and by the banking industry at large. The banking industry has seen some expansion in net interest income and increased profitability in 2011 due to lower provisions for loan losses due to reductions in nonperforming loans. The large amount of excess capital the Company maintains as of December 31, 2011 allows it to take advantage of future loan funding opportunities while many other banks find themselves constrained by asset concentration and regulatory capital limits. The Company expects future earnings to improve significantly when compared to its 2011 results. Recent events point to a stabilization and eventual increase in earnings fundamentals. This includes the launch of the Company's commercial real estate lending platform as well as the re-launch of the Company's residential lending platform and the opening of new branches to support deposit growth. As a result, the Company believes that with $119 million in new capital and the introduction of a new management team, the Company's core earnings fundamentals have shifted to the positive given the drive for organic growth and management believes the Company will be able to generate sufficient taxable income in 2012-2014 to utilize at least 85% of the net DTA as of December 31, 2011, and as such, the 15% DTA valuation allowance established as of December3 31, 2011 is deemed sufficient. Despite the DTA valuation allowance, the deferred tax assets remain available to offset future taxable income. The DTA valuation allowance may be reversed to income in future years to the extent the related deferred tax assets are realized or the DTA valuation allowance is no longer required.

At December 31, 2011, California net operating loss carryforwards total $13.2 million and will begin to expire in 2032, if unused. As of December 31, 2011, AMT Tax credit carryforwards total $104 thousand and they do not expire. As of December 31, 2011, general business credits total $934 thousand and will begin to expire in 2027, if unused.

XML

Related-Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related-Party Transactions

NOTE 17—RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has granted loans to certain officers and directors and their related interests.

Activity in the loan accounts of officers and directors and their related interests follows for the year ended December 31, 2011:

Balance at beginning of year	$	3
Loans originated		—
Principal repayments		—
Balance at end of year	$	3

Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their related interests at year-end 2011 and 2010 were $2.2 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income/(loss)	$ (2,728)	$ 2,825	$ (999)
Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash from operating activities
Provision for loan losses	5,388	8,957	17,296
Net accretion of securities	(333)	(1,765)	(1,900)
Depreciation and amortization	650	390	446
Employee stock ownership plan compensation expense	605	455	290
Stock option compensation expense	816	94	46
Stock award compensation expense	412	29	77
Bank owned life insurance income	(300)	(219)	(369)
Operating loss on equity investment	313	327	338
Impairment of securities			15
Net gain on sale of securities available for sale	(2,888)	(3,274)
Loss on sale of other real estate owned	760	332	79
(Gain)/Loss on sale of property and equipment		(3)	3
Deferred income tax (benefit)/expense	1,949	(1,201)	103
Increase in valuation allowances on other real estate owned	4,843	2,679	700
Interest capitalized on negative amortizing loans			(16)
Net change in:
Deferred loan costs	715	438	319
Premiums and discounts on purchased loans	(1,685)
Accrued interest receivable	(38)	460	263
Other assets	304	12,321	(7,299)
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities	4,855	431	(2,397)
Net cash from operating activities	13,638	23,276	6,995
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale	62,823	4,525
Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities available-for-sale	5,000	18,665	10,040
Proceeds from principal repayments of securities available-for-sale	21,355
Purchases of securities available-for-sale	(128,975)	(29,110)	(40,607)
Loan originations and principal collections, net	(75,307)	36,273	14,581
Purchase of loans	(58,027)	(182)
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock	1,351	1,041
Net change in other interest-bearing deposits			893
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned	9,069	10,496	6,182
Proceeds from sale of equipment		4
Additions to premises and equipment	(4,891)	(2,441)	(295)
Net cash from investing activities	(167,602)	39,271	(9,206)
Cash flows from financing activities
Net increase/(decrease) in deposits	140,026	(12,124)	60,255
Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances	(55,000)	(60,000)	(60,000)
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances			20,000
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock	26,542	52,860
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock	31,935
Purchase of treasury stock	(55)	(5)	(45)
Redemption/issuance of warrants	(1,003)	3,172	(13)
Repurchase of preferred stock		(19,300)
Tax benefit/(loss) from RRP shares vesting	(4)	(6)	(46)
Tax effect of ESOP	256
Tax effect of options redeemed	147
ESOP forfeitures to reduce ESOP contribution	7		(63)
Dividends paid on preferred stock	(534)	(925)	(964)
Dividends paid on common stock	(2,978)	(1,715)	(1,554)
Net cash from financing activities	139,339	(38,043)	17,570
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	(14,625)	24,504	15,359
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	59,100	34,596	19,237
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	44,475	59,100	34,596
Supplemental cash flow information
Interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds	6,045	10,931	18,193
Income taxes paid	950	3,850	1,750
Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities
Transfer from other real estate owned to contracts receivable		145	1,002
Transfer from loans to other real estate owned, net	$ 22,802	$ 13,962	$ 12,242

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Financial Condition (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Loans receivable, allowance	$ 12,780	$ 14,637
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, liquidation preference per share	$ 1,000	$ 1,000
Preferred stock, liquidation preference value	$ 32,000	$ 32,000
Preferred stock, shares authorized	50,000,000	50,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	32,000	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	32,000	0
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	196,863,844	196,863,844
Common stock, shares issued	11,756,636	9,863,390
Common stock, shares outstanding	10,581,704	8,693,228
Treasury stock, shares	1,174,932	1,170,162
Unearned employee stock ownership plan, shares	0	42,320
Class B Non-Voting Non-Convertible Common Stock
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	3,136,156	3,136,156
Common stock, shares issued	1,054,991	1,036,156
Common stock, shares outstanding	1,054,991	1,036,156

XML

Deposits

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Deposits [Abstract]

Deposits

NOTE 10—DEPOSITS

Certificate of deposit accounts with balances of $100 thousand or more totaled $336.9 million and $216.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. There were no brokered certificates of deposit at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Bank has agreed with its primary regulator to limit future brokered deposit balances to no more than $20.0 million.

The scheduled maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

2012	$	338,162
2013		86,527
2014		31,067
2015		8,847
2016		5,280
Total	$	469,883

XML

Document And Entity Information (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Mar. 15, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2011
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Entity Registrant Name	FIRST PACTRUST BANCORP INC
Entity Central Index Key	0001169770
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		11,660,444
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Public Float			$ 142.4
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No

XML

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances [Abstract]

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

NOTE 11—FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES

At December 31, 2011, all of the Bank's advances from the FHLB are fixed and had interest rates ranging from 1.66% to 1.85% with a weighted average rate of 1.79%. At December 31, 2010, the fixed interest rates on the Bank's advances from the FHLB ranged from 1.66% to 3.84% with a weighted average rate of 3.02%. The contractual maturities by year of the Bank's advances are as follows at year end:

	2011		2010
2011		—		55,000
2012		20,000		20,000
Total advances	$	20,000	$	75,000

Each advance is payable at its maturity date. A $10 million advance matured in January 2012 and another $10 million advance will mature in July 2012. Advances paid early are subject to a prepayment penalty. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank's advances from the FHLB were collateralized by certain real estate loans of an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $272.1 million and $321.4 million, respectively, and the Bank's investment of capital stock of the FHLB of San Francisco of $7.0 million and $8.3 million. Based on this collateral and the Bank's holdings of FHLB stock, the Bank was eligible to borrow an additional $130.3 million at December 31, 2011. In addition, the Company has an available line of credit totaling $117.1 million with the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2011.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Interest and dividend income
Loans, including fees	$ 30,997	$ 35,439	$ 42,312
Securities	3,963	5,289	4,266
Dividends and other interest-earning assets	217	216	88
Total interest and dividend income	35,177	40,944	46,666
Interest expense
Savings	319	783	1,429
NOW	81	108	202
Money market	306	573	815
Certificates of deposit	4,283	6,469	10,353
Federal Home Loan Bank advances	1,048	2,855	5,177
Total interest expense	6,037	10,788	17,976
Net interest income	29,140	30,156	28,690
Provision for loan losses	5,388	8,957	17,296
Net interest income after provision for loan losses	23,752	21,199	11,394
Noninterest income
Customer service fees	1,473	1,336	1,383
Mortgage loan prepayment penalties	80	1	42
Income from bank owned life insurance	300	219	369
Net gain on sales of securities available for sale	2,888	3,274
Other	172	49	19
Total noninterest income	4,913	4,879	1,813
Noninterest expense
Salaries and employee benefits	13,914	9,866	6,504
Occupancy and equipment	2,848	1,914	1,950
Advertising	477	232	178
Professional fees	2,121	947	564
Stationery paper, supplies, and postage	507	365	344
Data processing	1,345	1,152	1,022
ATM costs	295	297	363
FDIC expense	1,205	1,563	1,649
Loan servicing and foreclosure	1,282	1,118	1,141
Operating loss on equity investment	313	327	338
Valuation allowance for OREO	4,843	2,679	700
Loss on sale of other real estate owned	760	332	79
Other general and administrative	1,779	1,425	1,069
Total noninterest expense	31,689	22,217	15,901
Income/(loss) before income taxes	(3,024)	3,861	(2,694)
Income tax expense/(benefit)	(296)	1,036	(1,695)
Net income/(loss)	(2,728)	2,825	(999)
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion	534	960	1,003
Net income/(loss) available to common shareholders	$ (3,262)	$ 1,865	$ (2,002)
Basic earnings/(loss) per common share	$ (0.31)	$ 0.37	$ (0.48)
Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share	$ (0.31)	$ 0.37	$ (0.48)

XML

Securities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Securities [Abstract]

Securities

NOTE 5—SECURITIES

The following tables summarize the amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
2011
Available-for-sale
U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities	$	4,000	$	38	$	—		$	4,038
Municipal securities		5,641		88		(16	)		5,713
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities		93,567		148		(1,853	)		91,862
Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) mortgage-backed securities		3		—		—			3
Total securities available for sale	$	103,211	$	274	$	(1,869	)	$	101,616

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
2010
Available-for-sale
U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities	$	5,036	$	19	$	—		$	5,055
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities		49,933		4,545		(232	)		54,246
Federal National Mortgage Association mortgage-backed securities		3		—		—			3
Government National Mortgage Association securities		5,402		84		—			5,486
Total securities available for sale	$	60,374	$	4,648	$	(232	)	$	64,790

Total other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) was $0 for securities available for sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The proceeds from sales and calls of securities and the associated gross gains and losses are listed below:

	2011			2010		2009
Proceeds	$	67,823		$	4,525	$	—
Gross Gains		3,008			3,274		—
Gross Losses		(120	)		—		—

The tax expense related to these net realized gains and losses were $1,188 and $1,347 for 2011 and 2010.

The amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale securities portfolio are shown by expected maturity. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

	December 31, 2011
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Maturity
Available-for-sale
Within one year	$	—	$	—
One to five years		2,517		2,506
Five to ten years		6,264		6,371
Greater than ten years		860		874
Private label residential mortgage backed and FNMA mortgage-backed securities		93,570		91,865
Total	$	103,211	$	101,616

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no holdings of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of shareholders' equity.

The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2011 by aggregated major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:

	Less Than 12 Months					12 Months or Longer					Total
	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Available-for-sale
Municipal securities	$	1,072	$	(16	)	$	—	$	—		$	1,072	$	(16	)
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities		64,911		(1,763	)		8,145		(90	)		73,056		(1,853	)
Total available-for-sale	$	65,983	$	(1,779	)	$	8,145	$	(90	)	$	74,128	$	(1,869	)

The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2010 by aggregated major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:

	Less Than 12 Months					12 Months or Longer				Total
	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Available-for-sale
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities	$	11,547	$	(232	)	$	—	$	—	$	11,547	$	(232	)
Total available-for-sale	$	11,547	$	(232	)	$	—	$	—	$	11,547	$	(232	)

As of December 31, 2011, the Company's securities available for sale portfolio consisted of fifty-four securities, thirty-seven of which were in an unrealized loss position. The unrealized losses are related to the Company's municipal securities and private label residential mortgage-backed securities as discussed below.

The Company's private label residential mortgage-backed securities that are in an unrealized loss position had a fair value of $73.1 million with unrealized losses of $1.9 million at December 31, 2011. These non-agency private label residential mortgage-backed securities were rated AAA at purchase and are not within the scope of ASC 325. The Company monitors to insure it has adequate credit support and as of December 31, 2011, the Company believes there is no OTTI and it does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is not likely that it will be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery. Of the $101.6 million securities portfolio, $96.9 million were rated AAA, AA or A, and $4.7 million were rated BBB based on the most recent credit rating as of December 31, 2011. The Company considers the lowest credit rating for identification of potential OTTI. As interest rates fell to historic low levels which resulted in increases in market prices for its securities, the Company took the opportunity to divest several of its private label residential mortgage-backed securities that had been purchased in early 2011 and earlier periods. Some of the municipal bonds purchased were zero coupon bonds. Because of this feature, these zero coupon bonds traditionally trade at a significant discount to their par value and are not considered to be OTTI. Some of the municipal bonds purchased during 2011 were zero coupon bonds. Because of this feature, these zero coupon bonds traditionally trade at a significant discount to their par value and are not considered to be OTTI.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 the Company determined that no securities were other-than-temporarily impaired.

XML

Fair Values Of Financial Instruments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Fair Values Of Financial Instruments [Abstract]

Fair Values Of Financial Instruments

NOTE 4—FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair Value Hierarchy. ASC 820-10 establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The topic describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

Investment Securities Available for Sale. The fair values of securities available for sale are determined by matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities' relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2 inputs). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3). The fair values of the Company's Level 3 securities are determined by the Company and an independent third-party provider using a discounted cash flow methodology. The methodology uses discount rates that are based upon observed market yields for similar securities. Prepayment speeds are estimated based upon the prepayment history of each bond and a detailed analysis of the underlying collateral. Gross weighted average coupon, geographic concentrations, loan to value, FICO and seasoning are among the different loan attributes that are factored into our prepayment curve. Default rates and severity are estimated based upon geography of the collateral, delinquency, modifications, loan to value ratios, FICO scores, and past performance.

Impaired Loans. The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses based on collateral values is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company experienced $4.1 million and $4.4 million in specific allowance allocation expense, respectively.

Other Real Estate Owned Assets. Other real estate owned assets "OREO" are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell at the time of foreclosure. The fair value of real estate owned assets is generally based on recent real estate appraisals adjusted for estimated selling costs. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Only OREO with a valuation allowance are considered to be carried at fair value. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company experienced $4.8 million and $2.7 million in valuation allowance expense for those assets, respectively.

Assets Measured on a Recurring and Non Recurring Basis

Available-for-sale securities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, impaired loans and real estate owned are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 Using
	Carrying Value		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level One)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level Two)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level Three)
Assets
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities (recurring)	$	4,038	$	—	$	4,038	$	—
Municipal securities (recurring)		5,713		—		5,713		—
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities (recurring)		91,862		—		—		91,862
Federal National Mortgage Association mortgage-backed securities (recurring)		3		—		3		—
Impaired loans: (non recurring)
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		6,893		—		—		6,893
Multi-family		1,638		—		—		1,638
Land		1,164		—		—		1,164
Other real estate owned assets: (non recurring)
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		8,224		—		—		8,224
Multi-family		2,480		—		—		2,480
Land		3,988		—		—		3,988

The table below presents a reconciliation of all assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Private  Label Residential Mortgage Backed  Securities
Balance of recurring Level 3 private label residential mortgage-backed securities at January 1, 2011	$	54,246
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
Included in earnings—realized		2,700
Included in earnings—unrealized		—
Included in other comprehensive income		(6,102	)
Purchases		107,123
Sales, issuances and settlements		(66,105	)
Net transfers in and/or out of Level 3		—
Balance of recurring Level 3 private label residential mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2011	$	91,862

There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2011.

Impaired loans with specific allowance allocations measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans totaled $12.6 million and had a carrying amount of $9.7 million, net of specific allowance allocations of $2.9 million at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, these impaired loans consisted of $6.9 million single-family loans, $1.6 million multi-family loans and land loans totaling $1.2 million.

Other real estate owned which is measured at fair value less costs to sell having a valuation, had a net carrying amount of $14.7 million, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $18.8 million, net of a valuation allowance of $4.1 million at December 31, 2011.

	Carrying Value		Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 Using
			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level One)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level Two)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level Three)
Assets
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. government sponsored entities and agency securities (recurring)	$	5,055	$	—	$	5,055	$	—
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities (recurring)		54,246		—		—		54,246
Federal National Mortgage Association mortgage-backed securities (recurring)		3		—		3		—
Government National Mortgage Association securities (recurring)		5,486		—		5,486		—
Impaired loans: (non recurring)
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		11,415		—		—		11,415
Multi-family		8,421						8,421
Other revolving credit and installment		74						74
Other real estate owned assets: (non recurring)
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		3,273		—		—		3,273
Construction		2,493		—		—		2,493

The table below presents a reconciliation of all assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2010:

	Private  Label Residential Mortgage Backed Securities
Balance of recurring Level 3 private label residential mortgage-backed securities at January 1, 2010	$	47,131
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):		—
Included in earnings—realized		—
Included in earnings—unrealized		—
Included in other comprehensive income		1,590
Purchases		29,110
Sales, principal payments, issuances and settlements		(23,585	)
Net transfers in and/or out of Level 3		—
Balance of recurring Level 3 private label residential mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2010	$	54,246

There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2010.

Impaired loans, with specific allowances allocations measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans totaled $10.0 million, had a carrying amount of $19.9 million, net of specific allowance allocations of $1.7 million at December 31, 2010.

Other real estate owned which is measured at fair value less costs to sell having a valuation allowance, had a net carrying amount of $5.8 million, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $9.2 million, net of a valuation allowance of $3.4 million at for the year ended December 31, 2010, resulting in expense of $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

In accordance with ASC 825-10, the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	December 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	44,475	$	44,475	$	59,100	$	59,100
Securities available-for-sale		101,616		101,616		64,790		64,790
FHLB stock		6,972		N/A		8,323		N/A
Loans receivable, net		775,609		777,053		678,175		690,229
Accrued interest receivable		3,569		3,569		3,531		3,531
Financial liabilities
Deposits	$	786,334	$	788,960	$	646,308	$	628,319
Advances from the FHLB		20,000		20,095		75,000		75,959
Accrued interest payable		217		217		225		225

The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are described as follows:

Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest receivable and payable, demand deposits, short-term debt, and variable rate loans or deposits that re-price frequently and fully. The methods for determining the fair values for securities available for sale were described previously. For fixed rate loans or deposits and for variable rate loans or deposits with infrequent re-pricing or re-pricing limits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and credit risk. Fair value of long-term debt is based on current rates for similar financing. It was not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability. The fair value of off-balance-sheet items is not considered material (or is based on the current fees or costs that would be charged to enter into or terminate such arrangements) and is not presented.

XML

Regulatory Capital Matters

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Regulatory Capital Matters [Abstract]

Regulatory Capital Matters

NOTE 16—REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS

Banks are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet capital requirements can initiate regulatory action. Management believes as of December 31, 2011, the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If only adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required. At year-end 2011 and 2010, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution's category. In 2011 the Bank committed to its regulatory agency to maintain core and risk-based capital ratios of 8.0% and 12.0%, respectively, while the Bank is facing adverse market conditions.

Actual and required capital amounts and ratios are presented below at year-end.

	Actual					Minimum Capital Requirements					Minimum Required to Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
December 31, 2011
Total capital (to risk- weighted assets)	$	137,913		18.56	%	$	59,447		8.00	%	$	74,309		10.00	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk- weighted assets)		128,847		17.34			29,724		4.00			44,585		6.00
Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted tangible assets)		128,847		13.08			39,409		4.00			49,261		5.00
December 31, 2010
Total capital (to risk- weighted assets)	$	103,652		16.17	%	$	51,296		8.00	%	$	64,121		10.00	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk- weighted assets)		95,637		14.92			25,648		4.00			38,472		6.00
Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted tangible assets)		95,637		11.14			34,340		4.00			42,925		5.00

Regulatory capital components at December 31, 2011 and 2010 for the Bank are presented below. As a savings and loan holding company, the Company is not currently subject to regulatory capital requirements at the holding company level.

	Bank
	2011		2010
December 31, 2011
Total shareholder's equity	$	127,912	$	98,340
Added(deduct)
Qualifying trust preferred securities		—		—
Accumulated other comprehensive loss / (income)		935		(2,599	)
Intangible assets		—		—
Disallowed capitalized mortgage loan servicing rights		—		—
Disallowed deferred tax assets		—		(104	)
Other		—		—
Tier 1 capital		128,847		95,637
Qualifying trust preferred securities		—		—
Allowance for loan losses and allowance for unfunded lending commitments limited to 1.25% of total risk-weighted assets		9,066		8,015
Total risk-based capital	$	137,913	$	103,652

The Qualified Thrift Lender test requires at least 65% of assets be maintained in housing-related finance and other specified areas. If this test is not met, limits are placed on growth, branching, new investments, FHLB advances and dividends, or the Bank must convert to a commercial bank charter. Management believes that this test is met at December 31, 2011.

Dividend Restrictions: The Company's principal source of funds for dividend payments is dividends received from the Bank. Banking regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid without prior approval of regulatory agencies. Under these regulations, the amount of dividends that may be paid in any calendar year is limited to the current year's net profits, combined with the retained net profits of the preceding two years, subject to the capital requirements described above. For 2012, the Bank had $1.8 million plus any net profits generated in 2012 available to pay dividends to the Company.

XML

Employee Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Employee Benefit Plans [Abstract]

Employee Benefit Plans

NOTE 12—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Bank has a 401(k) plan whereby substantially all employees participate in the plan. Employees may contribute up to 15% of their compensation subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. The Bank makes matching contributions, to be determined annually by the Board of Directors, on the first 4% of the employee's compensation contributed to the plan. Matching contributions vest to the employee at the end of the calendar year in which the contribution was made. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, expense attributable to the plan amounted to $170 thousand, $148 thousand and $128 thousand.

The Company has adopted a Deferred Compensation Plan under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. The purpose of this plan is to provide specified benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated employees. Participants may elect to defer compensation, which accrues interest quarterly at the prime rate as reflected in The Wall Street Journal as of the last business day of the prior quarter. The Company does not make contributions to the Plan.

XML

Loan Commitments And Other Related Activities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Loan Commitments And Other Related Activities [Abstract]

Loan Commitments And Other Related Activities

NOTE 8—LOAN COMMITMENTS AND OTHER RELATED ACTIVITIES

Some financial instruments such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contact are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Risk of credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.

The contractual amount of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk was as follows for the dates indicated:

	Contract Amount
	December 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
	Fixed Rate		Variable Rate		Fixed Rate		Variable Rate
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk
Commitments to extend credit	$	1,000	$	579	$	—	$	1,160
Unused lines of credit		6,249		36,472		4,761		44,679
Standby letters of credit		10		10		10		10

Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of 30 days or less.

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Bank to concentrations of credit risk include interest-bearing deposit accounts in other financial institutions, and loans. At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Bank had interest-bearing deposit accounts with balances totaling approximately $37.7 million and $53.7 million, respectively, in other financial institutions.

XML

Loans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Loans [Abstract]

Loans

NOTE 6—LOANS

Loans at year end were as follows:

	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010			December 31, 2009
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	9,019		$	6,744		$	6,782
Real estate mortgage		124,013			46,568			47,982
Multi-family		87,290			33,040			34,235
Land		2,375			14,828			16,020
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		546,760			568,854			633,118
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		9,219			9,923			9,613
Other revolving credit and installment		8,604			11,031			11,370
Total		787,280			690,988			759,120
Less: Net deferred loan costs		1,109			1,824			2,262
Allowance for loan losses		(12,780	)		(14,637	)		(13,079	)
Loans, net	$	775,609		$	678,175		$	748,303

At December 31, 2011, the Company had a total of $382.0 million in interest only mortgage loans (including Green Account loans) and $23.4 million in loans with potential for negative amortization. At December 31, 2010, the Company had a total of $423.4 million in interest only mortgage loans (including Green Account loans) and $32.1 million in loans with potential for negative amortization. These loans pose a potentially higher credit risk because of the lack of principal amortization and potential for negative amortization, however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the Company's loan terms and underwriting standards, including its policies on loan-to-value ratios.

Activity in the allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Balance at beginning of year	$	14,637		$	13,079		$	18,286
Loans charged off		(7,512	)		(7,531	)		(22,505	)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off		267			132			2
Provision for loan losses		5,388			8,957			17,296
Balance at end of year	$	12,780		$	14,637		$	13,079

The following table presents the activity and balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans, excluding accrued interest receivable and net deferred loan costs as they are not considered to be material, by portfolio segment and is based on the impairment method for the year ended as of December 31, 2011. Total accrued interest receivable and net deferred loan costs were $3.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively at December 31, 2011.

	Commercial and Industrial		Commercial Real Estate Mortgage		Multi- family			Land			Real Estate 1-4 family first mortgage			Real Estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage			Other Revolving Credit and Installment			TOTAL
Allowance for loan losses:
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	50	$	332	$	2,389		$	1,067		$	10,191		$	258		$	350		$	14,637
Charge-offs		—		—		(2,136	)		(1,899	)		(3,276	)		(66	)		(135	)		(7,512	)
Recoveries		—		—		68			24			165			—			10			267
Provision		78		1,666		1,220			1,044			1,555			(82	)		(93	)		5,388
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	128	$	1,998	$	1,541		$	236		$	8,635		$	110		$	132		$	12,780
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	—	$	—	$	663		$	236		$	2,815		$	—		$	—		$	3,714
Collectively evaluated for impairment		128		1,998		878			—			5,820			110			132			9,066
Total ending allowance balance	$	128	$	1,998	$	1,541		$	236		$	8,635		$	110		$	132		$	12,780
Loans:
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	—	$	—	$	5,001		$	1,887		$	20,650		$	—		$	—		$	27,538
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment		9,019		124,013		82,289			488			526,110			9,219			8,604			759,742
Total ending loans balance	$	9,019	$	124,013	$	87,290		$	2,375		$	546,760		$	9,219		$	8,604		$	787,280

The following table presents the activity and balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans, excluding accrued interest receivable and net deferred loan costs as they are not considered to be material, by portfolio segment and is based on the impairment method for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011. Total accrued interest receivable and net deferred loan costs totaled $3.3 million and $1.1 million and $3.2 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

	Commercial and Industrial		Commercial Real Estate Mortgage			Multi- family		Land			Real Estate 1-4 family first mortgage			Real Estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage			Other Revolving Credit and Installment			TOTAL
Balance as of December 31, 2009	$	17	$	742		$	1,474	$	1,348		$	8,787		$	412		$	299		$	13,079
Charge-offs		—		—			—		(2,695	)		(4,747	)		(47	)		(42	)		(7,531	)
Recoveries		—		—			—		6			92			14			20			132
Provision		33		(410	)		915		2,408			6,059			(121	)		73			8,957
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	50	$	332		$	2,389	$	1,067		$	10,191		$	258		$	350		$	14,637
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	—	$	—		$	2,084	$	—		$	2,235		$	—		$	44		$	4,363
Collectively evaluated for impairment		50		332			305		1,067			7,956			258			306			10,274
Total ending allowance balance	$	50	$	332		$	2,389	$	1,067		$	10,191		$	258		$	350		$	14,637
Loans:
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	14	$	2,310		$	10,466	$	9,715		$	27,297		$	—		$	113		$	49,915
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment		6,730		44,258			22,574		5,113			541,557			9,923			10,918			641,073
Total ending loans balance	$	6,744	$	46,568		$	33,040	$	14,828		$	568,854		$	9,923		$	11,031		$	690,988

The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2011.

	Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Allowance for Loan Losses Allocated		Average Recorded Investment YTD		Interest Income Recognized YTD		Cash Basis Interest Recognized YTD
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Real estate mortgage		—		—		—		—		—		—
Multi-family		—		—		—		—		—		—
Land		487		488		—		493		28		28
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		6,849		6,915		—		6,872		92		39
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—		—		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		—		2		—		74		19		—
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial		—		—		—		—		—		—
Real estate mortgage		—		—		—		—		—		—
Multi-family		5,001		5,013		663		5,030		134		43
Land		1,400		1,686		236		1,608		—		—
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		13,801		13,964		2,815		13,831		402		218
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—		—		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total	$	27,538	$	28,068	$	3,714	$	27,908	$	675	$	328

Impaired loans were as follows:

	2011		2010
Unpaid Principal Balance
Year End loans with no allocated allowance for loan losses	$	7,336	$	25,979
Year End loans allocated allowance for loan losses		20,202		23,936
Total		27,538		49,915
Amount of the allowance for loan losses allocated	$	3,714	$	4,363

The following table presents information for impaired loans as of December 31:

	2011		2010		2009
Average of individually impaired loans during the period	$	38,305	$	33,662	$	47,214
Interest income recognized during impairment		675		1,998		820
Cash-basis interest income recognized		328		1,091		595

The recorded investment in loans excludes accrued interest receivable and deferred loan origination fees and costs, net. For purposes of this disclosure, the unpaid principal balance is reduced for net charge-offs.

The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2010.

	Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Allowance for Loan Losses Allocated		Average Recorded Investment YTD		Interest Income Recognized YTD		Cash Basis Interest Recognized YTD
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Real estate mortgage		2,310		2,359		—		2,201		27		—
Multi-family		—		—		—		32		3		—
Land		9,715		10,625		—		4,952		385		171
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		13,934		14,643		—		16,711		273		124
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—		161		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		20		21		—		40		3		—
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial		—		—		—		—		—		—
Real estate mortgage		—		—		—		—		—		—
Multi-family		10,466		8,421		2,084		8,696		808		696
Land		—		—		—		7,240		250		37
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		13,362		11,415		2,235		16,415		237		63
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—		—		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		108		74		44		100		12		—
Total	$	49,915	$	47,558	$	4,363	$	56,548	$	1,998	$	1,091

Nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more still on accrual were as follows:

	December  31, 2011		December  31, 2010
Loans past due over 90 days or more still on accrual	$	—	$	—
Nonaccrual loans The Company maintains specific allowance allocations for these loans of $2,959 in 2011 and $3,423 in 2010	$	19,254	$	38,830

Nonaccrual loans consist of the following:

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	—	$	—
Real estate mortgage		—		—
Multi-family		3,090		8,502
Real estate construction		—		—
Land		1,887		9,715
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		14,272		20,611
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		5		2
Total	$	19,254	$	38,830

Nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010 of $16.3 million and $35.4 million were net of specific allowance allocations of $2.9 million and $3.4 million, respectively.

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2011, excluding accrued interest receivable and net deferred loans costs which are not considered to be material by class of loans. Total accrued interest receivable and net deferred loans costs were $3.3 million and $1.1 million respectively at December 31, 2011.

	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		Greater than 89 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Gross Financing Receivables		Considered Current That Have been Modified in Previous Year
December 31, 2011
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	9,019	$	9,019	$	—
Real estate mortgage		291		—		—		291		123,722		124,013		—
Multi-family		—		—		—		—		87,290		87,290		—
Land		—		—		1,400		1,400		975		2,375		487
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		8,133		2,536		6,385		17,054		529,706		546,760		3,760
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—		—		9,219		9,219		—
Other revolving credit and installment		4		—		5		9		8,595		8,604		—
Total	$	8,428	$	2,536	$	7,790	$	18,754	$	768,526	$	787,280	$	4,247

The following table displays the Company's non-performing and performing substandard loan portfolio (using effective balance).

	December 31, 2011
	# of Loans		Balance
Substandard Loans:
Non-Performing		16	$	7,788
Performing:
TDR		22		13,271
Rated substandard due to borrower relationship to distressed loans		13		7,811
Rated substandard due to other credit factors		7		3,660
Total Performing:		42	$	24,742
Total Substandard Loans		58	$	32,530

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2010, excluding accrued interest receivable and net deferred loans costs which are not considered to be material by class of loans. Total accrued interest receivable and net deferred loans costs were $3.2 million and $1.8 million, respectively at December 31, 2010.

	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		Greater than 89 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Financing Receivables		Considered Current That Have been Modified in Previous Year
December 31, 2010
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	6,744	$	6,744	$	—
Real estate mortgage		665		—		—		665		45,903		46,568		14
Multi-family		540		—		—		540		32,500		33,040		—
Land		2,538		—		7,582		10,120		4,708		14,828		—
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		17,125		9,945		13,518		40,588		528,266		568,854		3,702
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		698		—		—		698		9,225		9,923		—
Other revolving credit and installment		4		2		2		8		11,023		11,031		111
Total	$	21,570	$	9,947	$	21,102	$	52,619	$	638,369	$	690,988	$	3,827

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

The Company has allocated $2.1 million and $3.1 million of specific allowance allocations to customers whose loan terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Company did not have any commitments to lend to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

During the year ending December 31, 2011, the terms of certain loans were modified as troubled debt restructurings. The modification of the terms of such loans included one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk; or a permanent reduction of the recorded investment in the loan.

Modifications involving a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan were for periods ranging from 12 months to 10 years and/or extension of the maturity dates.

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Number of Loans		Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Troubled Debt Restructurings:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial		—	$	—	$	—
Real estate mortgage		—		—		—
Multi-family		—		—		—
Land		—		—		—
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		4		4,685		4,477
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		—		—		—
Total		4	$	4,685	$	4,477

The troubled debt restructurings described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $236 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2011 and resulted in no charge-offs.

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification during the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Number of Loans		Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Troubled Debt Restructurings That Subsequently Defaulted:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial		—	$	—	$	—
Real estate mortgage		—		—		—
Multi-family		—		—		—
Land		—		—		—
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		7		3,755		3,046
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		—		—		—
Total		7	$	3,755	$	3,046

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 30 days contractually past due under the modified terms.

The troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $689 thousand and resulted in no charge offs during the year ended December 31, 2011.

The terms of certain other loans were modified during the period ended December 31, 2011 that did not meet the definition of a troubled debt restructure. These loans have a total recorded investment as of December 31, 2011 of $2.6 million. The modification of these loans involved either a modification of the terms of a loan to borrowers who were not experiencing financial difficulties or a delay in a payment that was considered to be insignificant.

In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company's internal underwriting policy. Certain loans which were modified during the year ended December 31, 2011 and did not meet the definition of a troubled debt restructuring did not have any delays in payment.

Troubled debt restructured loans consist of the following:

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010		December 31, 2009
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	—	$	14	$	—
Real estate mortgage		—		—		—
Multi-family		3,090		8,502		8,502
Land		487		5,066		5,847
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		14,613		12,443		7,817
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		—		—		—
Other revolving credit and installment		2		111		108
Total	$	18,192	$	26,136	$	22,274

Troubled debt restructured loans at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaling $16.1 million, $23.1 million and $18.8 million were net of specific allowance allocations of $2.1 million, $3.1 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

Certain loans which were modified during the year ended December 31, 2011 and did not meet the definition of a troubled debt restructuring did not have any delays in payment.

Credit Quality Indicators:

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company performs an historical loss analysis that is combined with a comprehensive loan to value analysis to analyze the associated risks in the current loan portfolio. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis includes all loans delinquent over 60 days and non-homogenous loans such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. Classification of problem single family residential loans is performed on a monthly basis while analysis of non-homogenous loans is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special Mention. Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the Company's credit position at some future date.

Substandard. Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful. Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans. Loans not rated are evaluated based on payment history.

The following table displays the Company's risk categories as of December 31, 2011.

	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Not Rated		TOTAL
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	9,019	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	9,019
Real estate mortgage		108,841		11,463		3,709		—		—		124,013
Multi-family		81,792		497		5,001		—		—		87,290
Land		488		—		1,887		—		—		2,375
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		498,794		26,381		21,585		—		—		546,760
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		8,177		698		344		—		—		9,219
Other revolving credit and installment		8,385		215		4		—		—		8,604
Total	$	715,496	$	39,254	$	32,530	$	—	$	—	$	787,280

The following table displays the Company's risk categories as of December 31, 2010.

	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Not Rated		TOTAL
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	6,244	$	500	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	6,744
Real estate mortgage		34,882		4,431		2,310		—		4,945		46,568
Multi-family		18,085		1,965		8,502		—		4,488		33,040
Land		4,376		1,071		9,381		—		—		14,828
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		467,970		27,341		22,771		—		50,772		568,854
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		9,044		863		—		—		16		9,923
Other revolving credit and installment		9,290		180		108		—		1,453		11,031
Total	$	549,891	$	36,351	$	43,072	$	—	$	61,674	$	690,988

The following table presents loans purchased and/or sold during the year ended December 31, 2011 by portfolio segment:

	Commercial and Industrial		Commercial Real Estate Mortgage		Multi- family		Land		Real Estate 1-4 family first mortgage		Real Estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		Other Revolving Credit		TOTAL
Purchases	$	—	$	—	$	58,027	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	58,027
Sales		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—

The Company purchased the above loans during the fourth quarter of 2011 at a net premium of $1.7 million. Loans purchased during 2010 and 2009 were not material. For those purchased loans disclosed above, the Company did not incur any allowances for loan losses during 2011, 2010 and 2009. No allowances for loan losses were reversed during 2011, 2010 or 2009. The Company anticipates that it was probable at acquisition that all contractually required payments would be collected.

XML

Other Real Estate Owned

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Other Real Estate Owned [Abstract]

Other Real Estate Owned

NOTE 7—OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

Activity in the other real estate owned valuation allowance was as follows:

	2011			2010		2009
Beginning of year	$	3,379		$	700	$	—
Additions charged to expense		4,843			2,679		700
Net direct write-downs		(4,141	)		—		—
End of year	$	4,081		$	3,379	$	700

Expenses related to foreclosed assets included in loan servicing and foreclosure expenses on the consolidated statements of operations are as follows:

	2011		2010		2009
Net loss on sales	$	760	$	332	$	79
Operating expenses, net of rental income	$	1,176	$	841	$	877
	$	1,936	$	1,173	$	956
Other real estate owned sold on contract	$	1,145	$	1,147	$	1,002
Deferred gain on other real estate sold on contract	$	50	$	52	$	54

XML

Premises And Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Premises And Equipment [Abstract]

Premises And Equipment

NOTE 9—PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows:

	2011			2010
Land and improvements	$	1,638		$	1,638
Buildings		8,363			6,058
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment		4,753			3,432
Leasehold improvements		1,714			1,082
Construction in process		618			0
Total		17,086			12,210
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(6,501	)		(5,866	)
Premises and equipment, net	$	10,585		$	6,344

Depreciation expense was $650, $390, and $446 for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Pursuant to the terms of non cancelable lease agreements in effect at December 31, 2011 pertaining to banking premises and equipment, future minimum rent commitments under various operating leases are as follows, before considering renewal options that generally are present.

2012	$	2,107
2013		2,184
2014		2,085
2015		2,009
2016		2,088
2017 and thereafter		5,969
Total	$	16,442

Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 amounted to $608 thousand, $372 thousand, and $373 thousand, respectively.

XML

Preferred Stock

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Preferred Stock [Abstract]

Preferred Stock

NOTE 14—PREFERRED STOCK

During the first quarter of 2011, the Company entered into an Agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury for the repurchase of 280,795 common stock warrants issued to the Treasury in 2008 in connection with the issuance of preferred stock to Treasury pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program; the Company redeemed that preferred stock in 2010. These warrants had a strike price of $10.31 and were repurchased for $1.0 million in the first quarter of 2011.

On August 30, 2011, the Company issued 32,000 shares of preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury and received $32.0 million of capital under the "SBLF" Small Business Loan Fund Program. Of this, $28.8 million was contributed as capital to Pacific Trust Bank to facilitate small business lending. The shares of preferred stock have a dividend and liquidation preference over our common stock. The dividend rate will fluctuate based upon the extent to which we increase our lending to small businesses. Initially, the annual dividend rate under the SBLF program will not exceed 5%, but may increase to as high as 9% after 4.5 years if the Company has not repaid its SBLF funding by that time.

XML

Quarterly Results Of Operations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Quarterly Results Of Operations [Abstract]

Quarterly Results Of Operations

NOTE 19—QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31		June 30			September 30		December 31
2011
Interest income	$	8,949	$	8,582		$	8,823	$	8,823
Interest expense		1,794		1,574			1,339		1,330
Net interest income		7,155		7,008			7,484		7,493
Provision for loan losses		0		451			823		4,114
Noninterest income		767		1,635			2,012		499
Noninterest expense		6,816		5,999			7,661		11,213
Income/(loss) before income taxes		1,106		2,193			1,012		(7,335	)
Income tax expense/(benefit)		413		644			368		(1,721	)
Net income/(loss)	$	693	$	1,549		$	644	$	(5,614	)
Dividends on preferred stock		0		0			138		396
Net income/(loss) available to common shareholders	$	693	$	1,549		$	506	$	(6,010	)
Basic earnings/(loss) per common share	$	0.07	$	0.16		$	0.04	$	(0.52	)
Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share	$	0.07	$	0.16		$	0.04	$	(0.52	)
2010
Interest income	$	10,519	$	9,990		$	10,638	$	9,797
Interest expense		3,179		2,965			2,499		2,145
Net interest income		7,340		7,025			8,139		7,652
Provision for loan losses		2,214		5,634			781		328
Noninterest income		367		364			454		3,694
Noninterest expense		4,259		4,925			3,846		9,187
Income (loss) before income taxes		1,234		(3,170	)		3,966		1,831
Income tax expense/(benefit)		359		(713	)		934		456
Net income (loss)	$	875	$	(2,457	)	$	3,032	$	1,375
Dividends on preferred stock		250		251			251		208
Net income/(loss) available to common shareholders	$	625	$	(2,708	)	$	2,781	$	1,167
Basic earnings/(loss) per common share	$	0.15	$	(0.65	)	$	0.66	$	0.15
Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share	$	0.15	$	(0.65	)	$	0.66	$	0.15

The increase in provision for loan losses during the fourth quarter of 2011 resulted from three factors, (a) $84.0 million increase in gross loan balances, the majority of which are commercial real estate loans, (b) further deterioration of legacy problem loans requiring the establishment of additional reserves and (c) additions to the general allowance given the decline in real estate values evident during the fourth quarter of 2011.

The second andthird quarters of 2011 reflected higher non-interest income that resulted from the sale of investment securities. The second quarter sales were from the sale of previously impaired securities that were sold at a gain. The third quarter sales included the sale of numerous private label residential mortgage backed securities that were sold at a gain.

The increase in noninterest expense during the fourth quarter of 2011 resulted from three factors, (a) an increase in salaries and benefits due the accrual of $1.2 million in staff incentives and bonuses, increase in personnel and the payment of director fees; (b) a $1.6 million increase in valuation allowances for OREO reflecting largely from the deterioration in values of foreclosed development properties and land; (c) increased occupancy and advertising expenses due to growth and expansion; and (d) cost of strategic initiatives, including acquisition related expenses.

The increase in provision for loan losses during the second quarter of 2010 related to the deterioration of four loans, including two land development and land loan properties that are now OREO.

The fourth quarter of 2010 reflected higher non-interest income that resulted from the sale of previously impaired securities that were sold at a gain.

The increase in noninterest expense during the fourth quarter of 2010 resulted from three factors, (a) an increase in salaries and benefits due to change of control payments resulting from the recapitalization of the Company in November 2010; (b) an increase in valuation allowances for OREO reflecting largely from the deterioration in values of foreclosed properties; and (c) loss on sale of REO.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Shareholder's Equity (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Preferred Stock [Member]	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-In Capital [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Unearned ESOP [Member]	Additional Paid In Capital Warrants [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) [Member]	Total
Balance at Dec. 31, 2008	$ 19,068	$ 54	$ 68,155	$ 38,496	$ (25,736)	$ (1,523)		$ 209	$ 98,723
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net loss (income)				(999)					(999)
Changes in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale, net of reclassification and tax effects								1,458	1,458
Total comprehensive income/(loss)									459
Forfeiture and retirement shares of common stock			7		(7)
Stock option compensation expense			46						46
ESOP forfeitures used to reduce ESOP contribution			(63)						(63)
Stock awards earned			77						77
Additional issuance costs on preferred stock	(13)								(13)
Amortization of preferred stock discount	39			(39)
Purchase of treasury stock					(45)				(45)
Employee stock ownership plan shares earned			(218)			508			290
Tax benefit/(loss) of RRP shares vesting			(46)						(46)
Dividends declared				(979)					(979)
Preferred stock dividends				(964)					(964)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2009	19,094	54	67,958	35,515	(25,788)	(1,015)		1,667	97,485
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net loss (income)				2,825					2,825
Changes in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale, net of reclassification and tax effects								932	932
Total comprehensive income/(loss)									3,757
Forfeiture and retirement shares of common stock			10		(10)
Stock option compensation expense			94						94
Stock awards earned			29						29
Amortization of preferred stock discount	35			(35)
Repurchased of preferred stock	(19,129)		(171)						(19,300)
Issuance of stock awards			(668)		668
Issuance of warrants			3,172				3,172		3,172
Purchase of treasury stock					(5)				(5)
Employee stock ownership plan shares earned			(53)			508			455
Tax benefit/(loss) of RRP shares vesting			(6)						(6)
Dividends declared				(1,503)					(1,503)
Preferred stock dividends				(925)					(925)
Warrant dividends				(104)					(104)
Net proceeds from stock issuance		55	52,805						52,860
Balance at Dec. 31, 2010		109	123,170	35,773	(25,135)	(507)	3,172	2,599	136,009
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net loss (income)				(2,728)					(2,728)
Changes in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale, net of reclassification and tax effects								(3,538)	(3,538)
Total comprehensive income/(loss)									(6,266)
Forfeiture and retirement shares of common stock			13		(13)
Stock option compensation expense			816						816
ESOP forfeitures used to reduce ESOP contribution			7						7
Stock awards earned			412						412
Issuance of stock awards			(611)		107				(504)
Purchase of treasury stock					(55)				(55)
Employee stock ownership plan shares earned			98			507			605
Tax benefit/(loss) of RRP shares vesting			(4)						(4)
Dividends declared			516	(4,888)					(4,372)
Repurchase of warrants-TARP			(1,003)						(1,003)
Tax effect of ESOP			256						256
Tax effect options redeemed			147						147
Reissuance of ESOP shares			(59)		59
Preferred stock dividends				(534)					(534)
Issuance of 32,000 shares of preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $66	31,934								31,934
Net proceeds from stock issuance		19	27,028						27,047
Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 31,934	$ 128	$ 150,786	$ 27,623	$ (25,037)		$ 3,172	$ (939)	$ 184,495

XML

Earnings/(Loss) Per Common Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Earnings/(Loss) Per Common Share [Abstract]

Earnings/(Loss) Per Common Share

NOTE 3—EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE

Basic earnings/(loss) per common share were computed by dividing net income/(loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding. Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share were computed by dividing net income/(loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding, adjusted for the dilutive effect of the outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards. Computations for basic and diluted earnings/(loss) available to common shareholders per common share are provided below.

	2011			2010			2009
Basic
Net income/(loss)	$	(2,728	)	$	2,825		$	(999	)
Less: Dividends on preferred stock		(534	)		(925	)		(964	)
Less: Imputed dividends		—			(35	)		(39	)
Net income/(loss) available to common shareholders	$	(3,262	)	$	1,865		$	(2,002	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding		10,646,511			5,108,075			4,158,044
Basic earnings/(loss) per common share	$	(0.31	)	$	0.37		$	(0.48	)
Diluted
Net income/(loss) available to common shareholders	$	(3,262	)	$	1,865		$	(2,002	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings/(loss) per common share		10,646,511			5,108,075			4,158,044
Add: Dilutive effects of stock options		—			—			—
Add: Dilutive effects of stock awards		—			—			—
Add: Dilutive effects of warrants		—			—			—
Average shares and dilutive potential common shares		10,646,511			5,108,075			4,158,044
Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share	$	(0.31	)	$	0.37		$	(0.48	)

There was a total of 918,569, 770,000 and 482,396 stock options and stock awards and 1,635,000, 1,635,000 and 0 warrants that were not considered in computing diluted earnings/(loss) per common share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 respectively, because they were anti-dilutive. All stock options and stock awards for the years ended December 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were anti-dilutive. They were anti-dilutive since the exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common stock.

XML

Parent Company Consolidated Financial Statements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Parent Company Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Parent Company Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 20—PARENT COMPANY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2011 and 2010

	2011		2010
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	44,717	$	38,053
Securities available-for-sale		1,813		—
ESOP loan		—		507
Accrued interest receivable		3		—
Escrow deposit		3,570		—
Other real estate owned		1,593		—
Other assets		7,728		418
Investment in bank subsidiary		127,912		98,340
Total assets	$	187,336	$	137,318
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	$	2,841	$	1,309
Shareholders' equity		184,495		136,009
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	187,336	$	137,318

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

	2011			2010		2009
Income
Dividends from subsidiary	$	—		$	—	$	—
Interest income on ESOP loan		28			56		84
Interest income on deposits in other financial institutions		130			121		243
Interest income on securities		360			—		—
Net gain/(loss) on sales of securities available-for-sale		(629	)		3,092		—
Total income		(111	)		3,269		327
Other expenses
Other operating expense		2,925			969		347
Income/(loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings/(excess distributions) of bank subsidiary		(3,036	)		2,300		(20	)
Income tax expense/(benefit)		309			622		(8	)
Income/(loss) before equity in undistributed earnings/(excess distributions) of bank subsidiary		(3,345	)		1,678		(12	)
Equity in undistributed earnings/(excess distributions) of bank subsidiary		617			1,147		(987	)
Net income/(loss)	$	(2,728	)	$	2,825	$	(999	)

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

	2011			2010			2009
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income/(loss)	$	(2,728	)	$	2,825		$	(999	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash from operating activities:
Equity in (undistributed earnings) excess distributions of bank subsidiary		(617	)		(1,147	)		987
Net accretion of securities		(104	)		—			—
Net (gain)/loss on sales of securities available-for-sale		629			—			—
Increase in valuation allowances on other real estate owned		300			—			—
Change in other assets and liabilities		(14,488	)		672			(42	)
Net cash from operating activities		(17,008	)		2,350			(54	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from principal repayments of securities available-for-sale		2,662			—			—
Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale		12,518			—			—
Purchases of securities available-for-sale		(17,525	)		—			—
Capital contribution to bank subsidiary		(28,800	)		(11,000	)		(8,000	)
Proceeds from ESOP loan payments		507			508			508
Net cash from investing activities		(30,638	)		(10,492	)		(7,492	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Repurchase of preferred stock, net of costs		—			(19,300	)		—
Redemption of warrants, TARP		(1,003	)		—			—
Issuance of warrants, net of costs		—			3,172			(13	)
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock		26,542			52,860			—
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		31,935			—			—
Purchase of treasury stock		(55	)		(5	)		(45	)
Tax effect of ESOP		256			—			—
Tax effect of options redeemed		147			—			—
Dividends paid on common stock		(2,978	)		(1,715	)		(1,554	)
Dividends paid on preferred stock		(534	)		(925	)		(964	)
Net cash from financing activities		54,310			34,087			(2,576	)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		6,664			25,945			(10,122	)
Beginning cash and cash equivalents		38,053			12,108			22,230
Ending cash and cash equivalents	$	44,717		$	38,053		$	12,108

XML

Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) [Abstract]

Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP)

NOTE 13—EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN (ESOP)

The Bank maintains an ESOP for the benefit of its employees. The Company issued 423,200 shares of common stock to the ESOP in exchange for a ten-year note in the amount of approximately $5.1 million. The $5.1 million for the ESOP purchase was borrowed from the Company. The ten-year note was paid in full at December 31, 2011.

Shares issued to the ESOP are allocated to ESOP participants based on principal repayments made by the ESOP on the loan from the Company. The loan is secured by shares purchased with the loan proceeds and will be repaid by the ESOP with funds from the Company's contributions to the ESOP and earnings on ESOP assets. Principal payments are scheduled to occur over a ten-year period. Dividends on allocated and/or unearned shares first reduce accrued interest and secondly principal.

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, 42,320 shares of stock with an average fair value of $14.29, $10.75, and $6.85 per share were committed to be released, resulting in ESOP compensation expense of $605 thousand, $455 thousand, and $290 thousand, respectively for each year. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, 1,861, 144 and 3,289 shares were forfeited. Per the terms of the ESOP plan, the forfeited shares were sold out of the plan and the proceeds were used to reduce the Company's contribution resulting in a reduction of compensation expense. Shares held by the ESOP at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

Shares held by the ESOP were as follows:

	2011		2010
Allocated shares to participants		354,399		312,079
Unearned shares		—		42,320
Total ESOP shares		354,399		354,399
Fair value of unearned shares at year end	$	—	$	562